<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973</id><updated>2012-01-25T21:10:21.190-08:00</updated><category term='circuits'/><category term='articles'/><category term='radio'/><category term='timer'/><category term='sound'/><category term='counter'/><category term='power supply'/><category term='opamps'/><category term='led'/><category term='amplifier'/><category term='digital'/><category term='components'/><category term='motor'/><category term='demultiplexer'/><title type='text'>Electronic Circuits For Beginners</title><subtitle type='html'>Electronic circuit diagrams and tutorials for beginners and hobbyists.</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>75</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-8129887880113975408</id><published>2011-05-17T00:39:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2011-05-17T00:39:42.976-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Quadrocopters for beginners</title><content type='html'>Intro to quadrocopters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quadrocopters, also known and quadrotors, are one of the most interesting little flying machines ever imagined; yet there's a load of disperse and almost undecipherable amount of information that comes from hobbyists' and builder's gut feeling on what seems to be the right thing to do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is my attempt at bringing all that information together in a simple to understand version for beginners to get designing their own quadrotors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How they work&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="float: right; margin-left: 1em; text-align: right;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.rctoys.com/pr/pr-images/draganflyer-vti-quad-rotor-diagram.gif" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="218" src="http://www.rctoys.com/pr/pr-images/draganflyer-vti-quad-rotor-diagram.gif" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Quadrotor diagram showing forces and torques&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The concept is a flying machine with four motors aligned in a square; two on opposite sides of the square rotate in one direction and the other two rotate in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This four rotor helicopter gives us some interesting properties:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.- each motor lifts only a quarter of the weight of the heli, so we can potentially use less powerful motors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2.- the rotation or torque of the first pair of motors is canceled by the rotation of the second pair that goes in the opposite direction. Let me explain how this works:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On a regular helicopter, you have one big rotor to provide the lifting power and a little tail rotor; this one counteracts the rotation that the main big rotor would otherwise pass on to the structure of the helicopter (making it rotate almost as fast as the propeller)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On a quadrotor, if all motors turned on the same direction the thing would rotate same as a regular heli without tail rotor; the clever thing is that since one pair create a torque or rotation on one direction, the motors turning on the opposite direction create a torque also but on the opposite direction. These torques tend to cancel out and the quadrocopter stays facing the same direction without any rolling around.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_Y6lo-T7Z-d8/S7KYC0Xg78I/AAAAAAAAAJ8/E_Dxy1ttgU0/s1600/Capture.PNG" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="320" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_Y6lo-T7Z-d8/S7KYC0Xg78I/AAAAAAAAAJ8/E_Dxy1ttgU0/s320/Capture.PNG" width="301" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Quadrotor control; arrow thickness denotes power&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.- control becomes a matter of which motor gets more power and which one gets less.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Yaw (where the thing is "facing"; using your head, yaw is when turning left and right) is controlled by turning up the speed of the regular rotating motors and taking away power from the counter rotating; by taking away the same amount that you put in on the regular rotors produces no extra lift (it won't go higher) but since the counter torque is now less, the quadrotor rotates as explained earlier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Roll (how tilted to the side it is while still facing the same direction; using your head, roll is turning it so that your chin is parallel to the ground) is controlled by increasing speed on one motor and lowering on the opposite one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Pitch (how tilted it is; using your head is moving it up and down, similar to nodding) is controlled the same way as roll, but using the second set of motors. This may be kinda confusing, but roll and pitch are determined from where the "front" of the thing is, and in a quadrotor they are basically interchangeable; but do take note that you have to decide which way is front and be consistent or your control may go out of control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;object class="BLOGGER-youtube-video" classid="clsid:D27CDB6E-AE6D-11cf-96B8-444553540000" codebase="http://download.macromedia.com/pub/shockwave/cabs/flash/swflash.cab#version=6,0,40,0" data-thumbnail-src="http://2.gvt0.com/vi/3CR5y8qZf0Y/0.jpg" height="266" width="320"&gt;&lt;param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/3CR5y8qZf0Y&amp;fs=1&amp;source=uds" /&gt;&lt;param name="bgcolor" value="#FFFFFF" /&gt;&lt;embed width="320" height="266" src="http://www.youtube.com/v/3CR5y8qZf0Y&amp;fs=1&amp;source=uds" type="application/x-shockwave-flash"&gt;&lt;/embed&gt;&lt;/object&gt;&lt;/div&gt;These three can be controlled at the same time to give all the range of motion you could ever need from a flying thing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, building and flying a quadrotor from a remote control is simple and fun and stuff, but people noting the inherently stable flight (in theory with equal speed of the motors the thing keeps itself level) and ease of control (only three functions and they are all basically take speed from one and put in the other), people love to make them autonomous (flies itself) and semi-autonomous (at least keeps itself level by responding to disturbances and error).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Common sensors (Gyro, Accelerometer, Sonar/Rangefinder)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A gyroscope is a device that tells you the difference in angle from a reference one: this is useful in keeping the quadrocopter level so it won't fall or go sideways when we don't want it to.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.emeraldinsight.com/content_images/fig/0330290401003.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="252" src="http://www.emeraldinsight.com/content_images/fig/0330290401003.png" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Micro ElectroMechanic Mechanism (MEMS) gyroscope&lt;br /&gt;as found in Integrated Circuit (IC) sensors&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The accelerometer tells us which way the quadrotor is accelerating. This is useful because we can get an idea of how much the thing has moved by looking at acceleration over time (position is mathematically represented as the double integral of acceleration) so that we can move it back and keep it hovering on a steady position.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://hades.mech.northwestern.edu/images/e/ea/Mems_accelerometer.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="170" src="http://hades.mech.northwestern.edu/images/e/ea/Mems_accelerometer.png" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;MEMS Accelerometer based on capacitive effects&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A sonar is used to determine the distance from the sensor to an object. This helps in object detection an avoidance and is mostly used in fully autonomous quadcopters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://electricly.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/srf04-ultrasonic-sensor.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="159" src="http://electricly.com/wp-content/uploads/2010/04/srf04-ultrasonic-sensor.jpg" width="320" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Ultrasonic Sonar sensor&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All these sensors are connected to a microcontroller or other control circuitry to make the decision as to how to control the motors (and therefore the quadrotor itself) according to plan.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Depending on how autonomous you want it to be, one or more of these sensors are used in combination; sometimes more sensors are used or more processing is done on the signals to get more information about the environment: creating maps, computer vision and navigation systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The flight mechanics of the quadrocopter, as explained in the how it  works section, are not that difficult, but a "design" limitation is the  choosing of motor/propeller.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choosing a motor/propeller combo (prop size and RPM: lift vs torque)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's something about aerodynamics that is just way too complex for beginners to get a working understanding of in a few words, all the fluxes and stuff makes it hard enough that even designers of commercial propellers bunch a lot of things into "constants" or "factors" that they arrive at experimentally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But generally, the importan stuff depends largely on two things: the effective area of the propeller and RPM (revolutions per minute).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Revolutions per minute are largely dependent on the motor, in fact, it is one of the parameters used in their marketing; usually expressed as Kv, RPM per volt applied.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The propeller is marketed in terms of diameter x "pitch". the higher diameter means higher area; higher pitch also means higher effective area because more of the propeller is pushing air to create lift.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="float: right; margin-left: 1em; text-align: right;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcS_BITfADdF7FhdSGhfd0mAnL89qha4q7dDae2tW4kq-wVZeJHe&amp;amp;t=1" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://t1.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcS_BITfADdF7FhdSGhfd0mAnL89qha4q7dDae2tW4kq-wVZeJHe&amp;amp;t=1" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Various propeller sizes and pitches&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In choosing a motor/propeller combination, you have to figure out what you actually need or want out of the quadrotor:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A higher RPM of the propeller will give you more speed and maneuverability, but it is limited in the amount of weight it will be able to lift for any given power. Also, the power drawn (and torque required) by the motor increases as the effective area of the propeller increases, so a bigger diameter or higher pitch one will draw more power at the same RPM, but will also produce much more lift (meaning it will be able to actually lift more weight). [Torque is like the rotating power of the motor]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A slower rotating propeller is used when you have a motor that manages less revolutions but can provide more torque. In this case using a longer or higher pitched propeller (which uses more torque to move more air in order to create lift) will give you a similar lift to a higher rotating one of less length/pitch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The choice depends on both motor availability and weight requirements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Motor technologies: Brushed vs brushless motors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's a debate regarding the use of brushed or brushed motor. First, a brief explanation of both:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="float: right; margin-left: 1em; text-align: right;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://image.made-in-china.com/4f0j00NMGQJBtsrrkF/DC-Motor-RS-555-.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="200" src="http://image.made-in-china.com/4f0j00NMGQJBtsrrkF/DC-Motor-RS-555-.jpg" width="200" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Brushed motor&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A brushed motor is your regular $1 toy car motor. They are called brushed because of the way the motor works: the direction of current in the rotating part (rotor) is changed using a mechanical switching mechanism, a pair of moving contacts called brushes disconnect from one side and connect to the other with every half rotation. This is done so the electric current keeps the rotor energized in such a way so as to keep being attracted to the permanent magnets, thus keeping it rolling.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;table align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" class="tr-caption-container" style="float: left; margin-right: 1em; text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;tbody&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.skyhighhobby.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/brushless_motor.jpg" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" height="192" src="http://www.skyhighhobby.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/03/brushless_motor.jpg" width="200" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;tr&gt;&lt;td class="tr-caption" style="text-align: center;"&gt;Brushless motor inside view&lt;/td&gt;&lt;/tr&gt;&lt;/tbody&gt;&lt;/table&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A brushless motor is one where the commutation mechanism is outside the motor itself, most often electronic. The thing with brushless motors is that there are no moving parts in the electrical path of current, so it generates less electromagnetic noise as there are no sparks (which happens in brushed motors when the brushes disconnect and connect on the other side).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The debate goes about how brushless motors, with its fewer moving or parts, requires less maintenance and has higher performance for size and that brushed motors are "old", obsolete technology.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the most part, the actual gains in performance come from the thermal characteristics of the motor: given the same power, a brushless motor will probably be smaller due to the fact that the heat dissipates through the mounting (remember, the windings are stationary and attached to the motor frame), a bigger motor. This means that for the same size motor, you can push much more current through a brushless to get more power.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now here comes the big "but": since they have been around the longest, brushed motors have become very cheap to manufacture, which means prices are very low. Also, since the commutation in brushless motors is external, there's an added cost of buying and/or building the Electronic Speed Controller (ESC), which could cost as much or even more than the motor itself (which even on the lower range are more expensive than brushed motors), also with the increased complexity that comes with more components to deal with.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Brushed motors use a relatively simple speed control technique known as Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) that controls the effective power that the motor gets by quickly switching the power on and off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So as you can see, there's a lot to dig into when working in quadrocopters. Next up, assembling our own quadrotor and the whole design process.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-8129887880113975408?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/8129887880113975408/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2011/05/quadrocopters-for-beginners.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8129887880113975408'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8129887880113975408'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2011/05/quadrocopters-for-beginners.html' title='Quadrocopters for beginners'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_Y6lo-T7Z-d8/S7KYC0Xg78I/AAAAAAAAAJ8/E_Dxy1ttgU0/s72-c/Capture.PNG' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-92315030358202707</id><published>2010-11-07T20:12:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.715-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Grouping Flip flops: Registers</title><content type='html'>Any number of flip flops can be grouped together that share the same clock signal and work as a single unit. Common numbers of flip flops grouped together in a register are 4, 8, 16, and 32 (corresponding to 2^2, 2^3, 2^4 and 2^5).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A register functions as a more complete unit of memory within a circuit, grouping together data with a similar meaning in most cases, or just a more compact way of storing a bunch of bits. Most registers are made out of D flip flops due to the lower pin count needed for signals (JK would need much larger IC's because of the need for more control pins space).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are four main kinds of registers, categorized by the way in which data is put in and taken out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel In, Parallel Out Registers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This kind is the simplest of registers. A parallel in/ parallel out is just a collection of flip flops that share a common clock signal but have independent data signals and outputs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Their main application is storing data or state information (represented in binary digits) for use in later steps in sequential circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Serial In, Parallel out Registers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Serial in/ parallel out registers get their input from a single data line. The output of the flip flop is used as one of the outputs, as well as connecting it to the data line of the next flip flop. What this accomplishes is that for every clock signal, the bits stored move one place and a new bit is captured at the first flip flop; the last flip flop is used just as another output, so its data is rewritten after every clock pulse.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This type of registers are used as buffers in digital data lines, where data is sent using only one wire but each bit is needed separately for further use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel in, Serial Out Register&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel in/ serial out registers have special control circuitry (sometimes a simple multiplexor suffices) that can select whether to use an external set of bits or the previous flip flop's output as input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is so that there's a possibility to get an external set of bits all at one (in parallel), and send them along one by one. Since each clock pulse the data moves to the next flip flop, the last can be used as the register's serial output, sending the data it stores one bit at a time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In contrast to the receiving and "semimultiplexing" action of the serial in/ parallel out, the parallel in/ serial out combines number of data lines into a single one, most likely for transmitting over a digital line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Serial in, Serial out Register&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Kind of a special purpose register. This is always wired so that the first flip flop gets external data, and all internal flip flop's outputs are connected to the input of the next, the last one being used as output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This register's main purpose is to delay the transmission of data in a digital data line.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-92315030358202707?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/92315030358202707/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/grouping-flip-flops-registers.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/92315030358202707'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/92315030358202707'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/grouping-flip-flops-registers.html' title='Grouping Flip flops: Registers'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6198465972532582721</id><published>2010-11-07T20:11:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.716-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>The synchronous digital counter</title><content type='html'>Most situations need a counter that outputs only one value per transition, or in other terms, that all outputs change at the same time. In a ripple counter, when two or more bits need to change to reach the final output, intermediate outputs are generated, which can interfere with the correct function of other circuits that depend on the counter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To overcome this limitation, the same clock signal applied to every flip flop to ensure that they all transition at the same time. The flip flop control signals now need some external logic to set them in the correct level for them to switch to the needed state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The logic is simple: if all the previous flip flops are 1, then toggle the state (if 1, go to 0; if 0, go to 1). This is easily accomplished with an AND gate with N inputs where N is the number of previous flip flops, or its equivalent "cascaded" AND gates (one extra AND for every extra input, the output of a previous goes to an input of the next gate), which output will be connected to both J and K inputs in a JK flip flop, or adding an extra AND gate whose input is connected to the inverted output of the D flip flop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The second flip flop is a special case, since there is only one previous flip flop to check, no logic is needed because it can be driven directly by the first flip flop's output.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6198465972532582721?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6198465972532582721/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/synchronous-digital-counter.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6198465972532582721'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6198465972532582721'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/synchronous-digital-counter.html' title='The synchronous digital counter'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7096687760288197390</id><published>2010-11-07T20:10:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.717-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Applications of Sequential Logic: Digital Counters</title><content type='html'>Counters are one of the many applications of sequential logic that has a widespread use from simple digital alarm clocks to computer memory pointers. A counter is a collection of flip flops, each representing a digit in a binary number representation (which means each bit, depending on position, means a different number).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of easier ways to build a circuit is to make a flip flop that controls the activation or switching of the second, and so on. This type of counter is called a ripple counter, since the switching signal propagates from one flip flop to the next as in a wave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Ripple Counter&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For a simple ripple counter, JK flip flops with both inputs tied to 1 are the best option, since it will toggle state on the clock edge. For simplicity, the falling edge is used and assuming all flip flops start in reset state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first FF (Flip Flop) in the sequence gets the its input directly from the variable that needs to be counted. When it transitions from low to high to low again (this last transition generating a falling edge), in other words, when the input pulses, the FF changes to Set.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the First FF's output has not made a falling edge transition, the second FF remains Reset.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When another pulse appears at the input, the first FF changes to Reset again, creating a falling edge at its output, which triggers the second FF to transition to the Set state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another pulse, the first FF changes to Set; No falling edge at its output, the second FF keeps its state. Yet another pulse (Now four if you have been keeping the count), the first FF goes back to Reset, producing a falling edge; the second FF also goes back to Reset, producing a falling edge at its output that will trigger a third FF and making it Set.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If we assign the value of 1 to the first flip flop, 2 to the second and 4 to the third, we have a 3 bit binary number represented in there. Remember that with binary numbers, we add the values where the binary bit is set to 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, when all the transitions have occurred, the counter ends up with the count of input pulses it has received, representing them in a binary number.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The main drawback of this ripple counter is the fact that as the transition propagates from the first flip flop to the next, all the way to the last one, intermediate numbers are being set at the output, which introduces error and some confusion if a pure counter is needed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This problem becomes most apparent when all the bits in the counter are set to 1 and another input pulse is applied: The output will be subtracted each time. In a 4 bit ripple counter, the max number that can be represented is 15 (1111), as the transition propagates, intermediate numbers 14 (1110). 12 (1100), 8 (1000) will appear before finally settling into 0 (0000).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7096687760288197390?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7096687760288197390/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/applications-of-sequential-logic.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7096687760288197390'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7096687760288197390'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/applications-of-sequential-logic.html' title='Applications of Sequential Logic: Digital Counters'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-8627311419563227499</id><published>2010-11-07T20:09:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.717-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>The JK Flip-Flop: An Improved SR Latch</title><content type='html'>The D flip-flop has some advantages over the standard latch, but there are some applications where the flexibility of extra control signals is just too much of an advantage to pass.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The transformation from simple RS latch to JK flip flop is done by connecting them in a Master-Slave configuration like the D flip flop, the non inverted output of the first latch to the Set input of the second, and the inverted output to the Reset.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At this point we still have just an edge triggered SR flip flop, meaning the forbidden condition is still there. To prevent it from happening, we extend the enabling logic of the first latch from a two input AND gate to a three input gate (or alternatively, connecting the output of the first and gate to one of the inputs at the second, and use the second output as the final output of the now three input gate).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The extra input is taken from the inverted output of the flip flop as a whole (the output of the second latch) for Set and the non inverted output for Reset. What this does is that when the flip flop is Set (output = 1) the Set connection gets disabled (negated output = 0) by since not all the inputs of the AND gate will be 1; This is done because if the Flip flop is already set, there's no point in "setting" it again, so that input can be disabled safely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the flip flop is Reset, the output will be 0 and disable the Reset input, since it cannot be "More Reset" than it already is, so it can be safely disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What happens when both are 1 at the same time? Since the only time the output will change states is at one of the clock edges, and since at any point one of the inputs will be disabled, the output will depend only on the input that is active.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the flip flop is Reset and both inputs are 1, only the Set input will be enabled. At the clock edge, the flip flop will be set.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the flip flop is Set and both inputs are 1, only the Reset input will be enabled. At the clock edge, the flip flop will be Reset.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, The JK flip flop will toggle states when both inputs are 1, eliminating the forbidden state and its disadvantages while still maintaining the flexibility of multiple control signals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This Flip Flop is called JK just to distinguish it from the RS latch and its forbidden combination; they work very similar, but the hazard free of the JK flip flop made it deserve a special name for itself.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-8627311419563227499?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/8627311419563227499/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/jk-flip-flop-improved-sr-latch.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8627311419563227499'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8627311419563227499'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/jk-flip-flop-improved-sr-latch.html' title='The JK Flip-Flop: An Improved SR Latch'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5012860599851827034</id><published>2010-11-07T20:08:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.721-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Master-Slave Latch or Flip-Flop</title><content type='html'>There are several drawbacks with using the level gating approach, one of the most serious is the fact that during the time the enable signal is on, the control signals pass easily through the now transparent latch, causing every change in control signals to be passed along the output of the latch. This is of special concern when working with the bouncy contacts of a mechanical switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A good way to overcome this is by connecting two of these transparent latches in what is called a master slave configuration in which one latch is active during the high level of the enable signal and a second, which gets its input from the first, gets activated with the low level of the enable signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The latches themselves are not changed in any way, only the enable signal will be connected in a special way: the first gets the signal directly and the second gets an inverted version of it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the enable signal is low, the first latch is disabled by the control logic, so it holds its state (no change at the output). At the same time, the second latch is enabled by the inverted signal (~0 = 1) and so its output is the same as its data input, which is connected to the first latch. Since the first latch is not changing at this point, the output of the second latch will not change either.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The moment the enable signal goes high, the first latch is enabled and its input will be the same as its data signal due to the input logic used to overcome the forbidden combination. The second latch is at the same time disabled by the inverted enable signal (~1 = 0), so even when its data input changes due to the first latch changing its output, the final output of this configuration will not change.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the enable signal falls back to a low level (goes to 0), the first latch gets disabled and holds the last bit of data it got, while the second now gets enabled and starts transferring its data input, which is connected to the output of the first latch, to its output. It is at this point where any data applied through the cycle gets its transfer to the final output of the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A master-slave latch, commonly known as flip-flop, is an edge triggered device, meaning that it will only perform its full function when the signal changes instead of using a signal level. In this example the D flip-flop is falling edge triggered, since the output only changes when the enable (or more commonly known as clock in edge triggered circuits) goes from high (1) to low (0).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5012860599851827034?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5012860599851827034/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/master-slave-latch-or-flip-flop.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5012860599851827034'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5012860599851827034'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/master-slave-latch-or-flip-flop.html' title='Master-Slave Latch or Flip-Flop'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6958928222368847272</id><published>2010-11-07T20:07:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.721-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>The D Latch</title><content type='html'>So far we've been working with the same RS latch and all its limitations, such as the forbidden combination of inputs. By providing additional input logic and merging the control signals we have a more robust latch that is less prone to the unstable conditions of the simple RS latch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For this new latch, the set and reset control signals are merged into one, the data signal. To control the flip flop with only one signal, we have to make sure that the latch is set when the data signal goes high (set to 1) and reset when it goes low (set to 0).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With only one signal this task is easily accomplished with an inverter gate. The non inverted signal will go to the set input and the inverted signal goes to the reset input. The enable circuitry goes after this new input logic to make sure that when the latch is not enabled it will maintain its current state, which would not be possible without this interface logic (one signal would always be high due to the inverter).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This simple arrangement of input logic combined with a two gate latch make it a very popular choice for high density Integrated Circuits (IC's). Sometimes the IC's whole memory and sequential logic is implemented using only latches very similar to these.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6958928222368847272?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6958928222368847272/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/d-latch.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6958928222368847272'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6958928222368847272'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/d-latch.html' title='The D Latch'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7098568037345287494</id><published>2010-11-07T20:06:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.722-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>The RS Latch</title><content type='html'>This circuit is called an SR latch because of its Set and Reset function and control signals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A basic latch can be built with two NOR gates, with the output of one to one of the inputs of the other. The free input on both gates are used as control signals, one to SET the output to 1, and the other to RESET the output to 0. When no control signal is applied, the latch keeps its previous state via the conditions set at the output being fed back as inputs, which result in a condition that keeps the output the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The way in which the gates are wired make the output of one gate being the non inverted output of the latch, and the other being the inverted output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's one combination that will break that relation: when both Set and Reset are 1, both outputs will be at a 0 level. This in itself is not a cause for major concern, but when we make both control signals go from high to low at the same time, a race condition occurs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is called race condition because the output depends on which of the control signals stay high longer will determine the latch's output. If the set signal goes to 0 first, then the latch will have a 0 output (Reset), if the reset signal goes to 0 first, then the latch will have a 1 output (set).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The combination that produces this behavior is called a restricted or forbidden combination, because there's no way to actually know which signal will end up designating the latches output, which is not very good in a logic design where everything is supposed to be in one state or the other with full certainty.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This kind of latch is called a transparent latch because there are no synchronization or enabling signals, which means that the output will change as soon as the signals make it change; the latch doesn't restrict the flow of data through it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Controlling the latch: Level Gated Latch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to have better control over the functioning of the latch, a layer of AND gates are connected between the control signals and the actual latch's gates inputs. One of the AND inputs is shared and is connected to a new control signal: the enable signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This new signal controls the availability of the set and reset inputs to the actual latch. When the enable signal is 0, no matter what the set and reset signals are, the latch will never receive them, only 0 will appear since it is connected at the AND gate's outputs, so it will only hold its previous state.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the enable signal is at 1, the output of the AND gates will depend on the set and reset signals, essentially letting them pass through to the latch. As you can see, this new layer of gates and a new signal allow us to control whether we want the the latch to function (enable it) or to just keep its previous state (when enable = false [0])&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This kind of enable mechanism is called level gating, since the control signals will only reach the latch when the gates it needs to pass are enabled by the level of the enable signal.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7098568037345287494?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7098568037345287494/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/rs-latch.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7098568037345287494'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7098568037345287494'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/rs-latch.html' title='The RS Latch'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6243386400316728270</id><published>2010-11-07T20:05:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.723-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Sequential Logic: Circuits with memory</title><content type='html'>By using a circuit output as an input to itself so that the next output depends not only on the input signals that are applied at the moment but also on its current state (by feeding back the signal, which was in turn generated by a combination of previous inputs and outputs), we can create circuit that work in steps (sequentially).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To accomplish this we first need a subcircuit that will hold an output even if the inputs change. The most basic circuit that accomplishes this is called a latch.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6243386400316728270?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6243386400316728270/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/sequential-logic-circuits-with-memory.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6243386400316728270'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6243386400316728270'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/sequential-logic-circuits-with-memory.html' title='Sequential Logic: Circuits with memory'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-272798841862507597</id><published>2010-11-07T20:05:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.723-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Quick Logic Synthesis</title><content type='html'>Multiplexors are a simple combinational circuit whose function is to select one input line to pass to its only output, by selecting it using address/select lines, the number represented using the binary number system is the input that is being selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The input lines available often are a power of two (2, 4, 8, 16), and the number of select lines are the power to which 2 must be elevated to obtain the number of input lines (2^n = L, where n is the number of select lines and L is the number of input lines)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to look at the functioning of a multiplexer is that the select lines represent a row in the circuit's truth table, and the value connected to the corresponding input line is the output of that row, which will be passed to the final output of the multiplexer if that line is selected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, this circuit can be used to implement an arbitrary truth table of n input variables (remember in the previous equation we used n to represent the number of select lines).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An advantage of this method over discrete gates in implementing a truth table is the fact that only one integrated circuit is used in practice, gates ussually needing more IC's because of lower integration (uses less gates per IC).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Boolean equations can also be implemented by first generating the truth table for it by evaluating the output variable for every possible input variable's value combination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One disadvantage in using this method over discrete logic gates is the fact that since the multiplexer is not optimized for any particular configuration, so it tends to be slower in practice but such speed penalty affects only high speed and high gate count circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Extending Quick Synthesis: ROM Logic Synthesis&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The idea of using a somewhat generic circuit to implement any truth table without modifying the underlying circuit by using a multiplexor can be extended to the use of ROM modules in order to extend the number of input variables available (by having more address/select lines) and the number of outputs per combination (by having more output lines)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A ROM module is a type of memory circuit that is either built with its contents (Hardwired or Masked) or programmed (Programmable ROM). Each address selects a cell of memory (as opposed to a single line in the multiplexor) that contains the information to be passed to the output in groups of size that is a power of two (8 [2^3] and 16 [2^4] being the most common).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This allows us to implement simultaneous truth tables by programming each output line of each address as the output of one of those truth tables. It's basically like having many multiplexors connected to the same select lines, each implementing a different (or even the same) truth table.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-272798841862507597?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/272798841862507597/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/quick-logic-synthesis.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/272798841862507597'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/272798841862507597'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/quick-logic-synthesis.html' title='Quick Logic Synthesis'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1195592771312492880</id><published>2010-11-07T20:04:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.724-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Minterms and Maxterms</title><content type='html'>Truth tables help determine the input combination that will yield a certain output value; This is useful when we want to translate a given truth table into a boolean equation that can be much easily manipulated and simplified before actually building a circuit, hopefully making the wiring eaasier and cheaper by using less components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two complementary terms that we use to accomplish this: Minterms and Maxterms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A minterm represents each row of the truth table that has an output of 1. To translate a truth table row into the corresponding minterm we AND (or multiply) each of the terms at the input, inverting (applying a NOT operator) to each variable whose state for that particular row happens to be zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, the three input truth table:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; B&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; C&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z&lt;br /&gt;0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&lt;br /&gt;0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&lt;br /&gt;0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1 &amp;lt;---&lt;br /&gt;0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&lt;br /&gt;1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1 &amp;lt;---&lt;br /&gt;1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&lt;br /&gt;1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 0&lt;br /&gt;1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1 &amp;lt;---&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The rows marked with an arrow represent the minterms of the table. The equation for this table would be&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = (~A * B * ~C) + (A * ~B * ~C) + (A * B * C)&lt;br /&gt;Note that all three minters go together in the same equation, since any of them can trigger an output 1 (if the first is true [1] OR [+] the second OR the third, the output is also true [1]).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minterms are also called the sum of products representation because of the way they end up arranged in the equation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Maxterms are the complementary operation of minterms. Maxterms are obtained from the rows that have a zero in them as output. Using the above example, all the rows not marked with an arrow are the table's maxterms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To translate from the table to a boolean equation we OR (sum) each of the terms acting as input, applying a NOT operation to any input that happens to be a 1 for that particular row. Notice how the operation (AND for minterms, OR for maxterms) and the criteria for negation (when the input variable is 1 for minterms and when it is 0 for maxterms) are opposite of each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The equation in Maxterms for the example would be&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = (A + B +C)*(A + B + ~C)*(A + ~B + ~C)*(~A + B + C)*(~A + ~B + C)&lt;br /&gt;For this particular table, you can see that the equation in maxterms has more of them, this is because there are more 0's as output than 1's, and since each row having them is one term in the equation, the more there are the more terms the resulting equation will have.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The maxterm representation is also called a product of sums, because of the way they are arranged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;They are arranged in such a way because if any of them is 0, then the output should be 0 as well, even if the other terms are 1. This is because if one of the terms is 0, then it means that the combination of inputs matches one of the rows of the table that results in a 0 output, and no matter what the other terms are (any number multiplied by 0 is 0), the output should be 0 in order for the equation to work the same as what's specified in the table.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1195592771312492880?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1195592771312492880/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/minterms-and-maxterms.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1195592771312492880'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1195592771312492880'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/minterms-and-maxterms.html' title='Minterms and Maxterms'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1462194112082872961</id><published>2010-11-07T20:04:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.724-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Logic Equations</title><content type='html'>Aside from representing the functioning of a logic gate with a truth table and a grammatical (with words) definition, the use of logic equations can be used not only to represent logic gates and circuits, but also with the usage of some theorems and equivalences, to reduce the number of terms involved, simplifying the equation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In logic equation every boolean variable involved is assigned a letter or symbol, very similar to the algebraic representation of unknown numerical values using letters; In fact, this approach to logic is called boolean algebra due to their similarity (remember that it is called boolean variables and algebra because of the person who did extensive work on the subject, George Bool).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Each input variable is usually assigned one of the first letters of the alphabet (A, B, C, and so on), and the output variables are assigned the last letters (W, Y, Z, and so on; note that X was specifically left out, this is because it is used as a "Don't Care" condition in logic simplification). This assignment of letters is arbitrary, any other letter or symbol can be used instead, but it is a common way to assign them and most people working in the area follow this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The logic operations are either written in uppercase (OR, AND, NOT) or represented by their logical symbol (V for OR, ^ for AND, ~ or the variable name overlined for NOT). Parenthesis are used to order the operations and force precedent evaluation before using in other operations, similar as in algebra where the operations in deeper levels of parenthesis are evaluated first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, to represent the AND operation, using A and B as input variables and Z as output, you can write&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = A AND B&lt;br /&gt;or alternatively&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = A ^ B&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For a more complex circuit where the order is not always clear (similar to algebra, the evaluation is always left to right since there are no operations of higher priority like division or multiplication are in mathematical algebra), the use of parenthesis is encouraged, for example:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = A AND B OR B AND C&lt;br /&gt;could mean very different things depending on how it is interpreted, so the equivalent form&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Z = (A AND B) OR (B AND C)&lt;br /&gt;being much more explicit in what gets evaluated first is preferred.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another way to represent the operations in a logical equation is to simply use the mathematical operators that closely resemble their operations (+ for OR, * for AND); the NOT gate is an exception to this, as well as most compound gate. The only compound gates that have a symbol associated to them are the XOR gate (a + sign enclosed in a circle) and the XNOR gate (since it represents a logical equivalence, the = sign or the three line equivalence sign is used).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1462194112082872961?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1462194112082872961/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/logic-equations.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1462194112082872961'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1462194112082872961'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/logic-equations.html' title='Logic Equations'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-165766311481770425</id><published>2010-11-07T20:03:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.725-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Truth Tables</title><content type='html'>In order to graphically and orderly present each possible output from a logic gate or any digital circuit, a truth table is used. These tables present every possible combination of input states and its corresponding output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first columns represent each of the input variables, and the last one (or few if there's more than one) represent the output of the circuit. For low number of variables (lower than 4 or 5) the number of possible combinations is small enough to be able to represent in a truth table, and all possible input combinations and their corresponding output can be quickly visualized.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-165766311481770425?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/165766311481770425/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/truth-tables.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/165766311481770425'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/165766311481770425'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/truth-tables.html' title='Truth Tables'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4485628531860528728</id><published>2010-11-07T20:00:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-16T12:39:06.726-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Binary Representations</title><content type='html'>A logic system is one that anything it does can be translated to a true or false, present or absent, high or low, in other words, two opposite and contrasting states where the system can only be at one of them at any one time. Digital electronics use only two voltage levels to work with, one to represent a true, 1 or high (usually 3v or 5v) and another to represent false, 0 or low (a connection to ground, which is at 0v), which make the basis of any logic system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But what does a true represent in a logic circuit? anything you can think of, it depends on what you are using it to model. One of the most used introductory digital systems is that of a car key alarm, where if the door is open while the key is still in the ignition, a buzzer alarm will sound alerting you not to let the key inside the car when you close it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To construct a digital circuit for this alarm, you use one input to represent whether the door is open (will be true when it is open, false when closed) and another to represent whether the key is in the ignition (will be true when in the ignition, false when not). For this circuit we want the buzzer to sound when both conditions are true: the door is open and the key is in the ignition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A digital system is not concerned if the key is only half in, at the on or off position or if the car is only half open or it didn't close correctly; all of these situations are either forced to one state of the other, or switching between both at a very high rate, but it must have one of only two values.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, we have modeled a fairly complex situation (an alarm controlled by a door and a key) to only two inputs that take only two values. This is what makes digital circuits very useful, they are dependable (a half closed door is an open door, just as a slightly open door).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4485628531860528728?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4485628531860528728/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/binary-representations.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4485628531860528728'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4485628531860528728'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/binary-representations.html' title='Binary Representations'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3869282584510135742</id><published>2010-11-07T19:57:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:57:27.306-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Multistage active filters: The Reactive Voltage Divider Approach</title><content type='html'>Another method to create active filters using opamps is to create a voltage divider with a resistance and a reactance (from a capacitor). This approach has some advantages over the previously mentioned filters: they are easy to build, easy to understand, and have "programmable" gain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the reactive voltage divider, the input is applied to the non inverting input of the opamp. This is so that it can be used as a simple non inverting amplifier, the gain being set by extra resistors that do not interfere or need to be considered much in the filter's working; they are just there to set the amplifier feedback's gain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The signal is applied in series with one of the components and taken at the input in parallel with the second. The choice of which component is in series and which in paralel with the non inverting input has direct consequences in the functioning of the filter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the series component is chosen to be a resistor, then the voltage at the capacitor will determine the signal to be amplified. Since the reactance of the capacitor gets lower with frequency, the higher the frequency the lower the signal available at the opamp input (remember the voltage divider formula: (Vin*R2)/(R1 + R2), in this case, it becomes (Vin*Xc)/(Xc + R) where Xc is the capacitive reactance); This configuration gives us a low pass filter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the capacitor being the series component, the voltage at the resistor now determines the signal available at the opamp input. As the frequency gets higher, the capacitor's reactance lowers, up to the point where it acts almost as just a wire; this means that the higher the frequency the more signal available to the opamp. This configuration gives us a high pass filter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These two main types of voltage divider filters can be cascaded (The output of the first used the the input of the second) in a single stage (one opamp, multiple voltage dividers) or multiple stages (one opamp per voltage divider), the latter having better characteristics due to the opamp's compensating mechanisms.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3869282584510135742?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3869282584510135742/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/multistage-active-filters-reactive.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3869282584510135742'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3869282584510135742'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/multistage-active-filters-reactive.html' title='Multistage active filters: The Reactive Voltage Divider Approach'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6813620856598260811</id><published>2010-11-07T19:56:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:56:52.282-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Band Stop or Notch Filter</title><content type='html'>Another variation of the opamp filter is the band stop or notch filter, called like that because it is as if you cut a notch in the frequencies that pass through the filter, allowing all frequencies outside the notch to pass and blocking the frequencies in that range.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Just as the high pass filter is a variation of the low pass filter, changing the reactive element from input to feedback, so is the band stop filter a variation of the band pass filter, but instead of changing components we are going to change the configuration of the components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For this circuit, the input impedance consists of a resistor and capacitor in parallel (it was in series for the band pass), and the feedback impedance will be a capacitor and resistor in series (was parallel in bandpass). As you can see, only the connections change, the components stay the same.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At low frequencies, the input impedance is dominated by the resistor, since the reactance is much higher than the resistance (the connection is in parallel, the equivalent is always lower than the lowest value). At the same low frequencies, the feedback impedance is dominated by the capacitor's reactance, since it is also high compared to the resistor (the connection is in series, the equivalent is always higher than the highest value).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The gain of the opamp, connected in an inverting amplifier configuration, is given by -Zf/Zin. The input impedance Zin is very low, near by the input resistance, and the feedback impedance is very high, driven by the capacitors reactance; this makes the ratio very high, tending towards infinity by the increasing Zf at lower and lower frequencies (it is theoretically infinite at DC, or 0hz frequency).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to limit the gain, similar to what was done for the low pass filter is to use a resistor in series with either the whole feedback series connection or just across the capacitor. This makes the extremely high reactance of the capacitor not dominate at very low frequencies, instead the parallel connection is closer to the lower value, in this case the resistor. This is done to ensure that the opamp does not go into saturation, because if it does it clips the signal and distorts it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At very high frequencies, the input impedance tends towards, since the capacitor acts as a very low value. With the feedback connection, the capacitor is also a very low value, but since there's the series resistor, the impedance will be limited to that value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Looking at the gain equation (-Zf/Zin), you can see that the gain tends towards infinity, since the input impedance goes very low at high frequencies. To limit this, you can put resistor in series with the original parallel combination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At intermediate frequencies, where the input impedance and feedback impedance are very close, the gain will be close to 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With all this, you can see that the notch filter is the opposite of the band pass filter: the band stop filter highly amplifies signals above and below the "notch" or middle frequencies, and doesn't amplify (instead of blocking) the intermediate frequencies. This is in contrast with the band pass that attenuated signals above and below, and also didn't amplify intermediate frequencies (gain of 1).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For all the filters discussed so far there are other far more efficient and that also block undesired signals and amplify the frequencies of interest.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6813620856598260811?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6813620856598260811/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/band-stop-or-notch-filter.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6813620856598260811'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6813620856598260811'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/band-stop-or-notch-filter.html' title='The Band Stop or Notch Filter'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7811804102608111805</id><published>2010-11-07T19:54:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:54:33.516-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Active Bandpass filters</title><content type='html'>When both types of filters are combined into one, that is, a capacitor and resistor in series is used as input and a capacitor and resistor are used in parallel for the feedback, a new type of filter emerges: the bandpass filter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To see how this works, we need to simplify the circuit to use only one element instead of two, in order to make analysis easier. Since when AC is applied to a capacitor it can be replaced with its capacitive reactance in ohms, we can use that to combine it with the series resistor at the input, and with the parallel resistor for feedback.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This gives us an input impedance (Impedance is a generalization of resistance that also includes reactances, and is also measured in ohms) and a feedback impedance, in a configuration similar to the simple inverting amplifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since both impedances are frequency dependent, the gain will be frequency dependent as well. At low frequencies, the input capacitor's reactance is very high and dominates the series combination with the resistor, so the input impedance becomes very large. At the same time, the feedback capacitor will also have a very high reactance, but this time the resistor dominates because the connection is made in parallel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the gain is defined by the ratio -Rf/Rin, generalized to impedances as -Zf/Zin, where Z denominates impedances in most electronics literature. Since the feedback impedance is small, limited by the resistor, compared the input impedance which tends to infinity, the ratio will be very small and will attenuate the signal (Zf &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Zin, so the ratio is less than 1). In this case, the extremely high input impedance drives the ratio towards zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At very high frequencies, the input impedance is dominated by the resistance, since the capacitor's reactance is very small. The opposite effect happens at the feedback, since now the capacitor dominates with its very low reactance, which makes the impedance very low.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Checking the gain ratio -Zf/Zin, we can see that now the input impedance is very low, limited by the input resistor, but the feedback impedance will be lower still, going towards zero, not being limited by anything since the capacitor is dominating the connection, so the ratio will again be very small, attenuating the signal. This time, the very small feedback impedance drives the ratio to zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At medium frequencies, where no single component dominates each connection, both input and feedback impedance will be very close to each other, since they will be a very similar value, assuming equal components. At the frequency where the series combination and the parallel combination have the same value, the gain will be 1, given by the ratio -Zf/Zin, where Zf = Zin; This is called the center frequency, and it is the only signal that will not be attenuated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The overall effect is that this circuit will attenuate both high and low frequency signals applied to it, and only pass a small range (also called band) of frequencies where both input and feedback impedances have a very similar value, hence the name bandpass filter. This is useful when you need to block noise or extra signals created within a circuit.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7811804102608111805?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7811804102608111805/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/active-bandpass-filters.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7811804102608111805'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7811804102608111805'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/active-bandpass-filters.html' title='Active Bandpass filters'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5424496483382755303</id><published>2010-11-07T19:52:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:52:08.967-08:00</updated><title type='text'>An active high pass filter: The differentiator Revisited</title><content type='html'>For the differentiator, an input capacitor was used so as to block constant signals and just output the rate of change. Some examples of calculated derivatives where for constantly changing which resulted in a constant, and the sinusoidal wave which resulted in a cosinusoidal output, which is just a phase shifted sine wave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand the differentiator's use as a high pass filter, we are going to focus on this last derivative and combine with our understanding of capacitive reactance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Starting with DC and very low frequencies, the reactance of the capacitor becomes essentially infinite, since it blocks all current due to the voltage buildup inside of it. This makes the gain equation of the inverting amplifier it is based on to approach zero.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = Vin (-Rf / Rin)&lt;br /&gt;As the frequency increases, less residual charge stays in the capacitor making it less restrictive to the apparent current flow, which results in less reactance, driving the ratio of resistances higher as the reactance approaches zero.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At very high frequencies, the capacitive reactance becomes so low that it is essentially a closed switch, drawing large amounts of current that need to be compensated by the opamp, which reaches saturation on each semicycle of the input signal; At high frequencies the gain approaches infinity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To limit the gain at high frequencies, a resistor is used in series with the input capacitor. What this does is that as the capacitive reactance gets lower to the point of approaching zero, the series resistance becomes the dominant component that prevents the flow of current, limiting the gain to the ratio of that input resistor and the output resistor, just like a simple inverting amplifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So you see, the differentiator also works as a high pass filter, being the inverse operation in both mathematical terms as the integrator (a derivative is the inverse operation of the integral) and in filter functionality (blocks the opposite side of the frequencies).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5424496483382755303?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5424496483382755303/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/active-high-pass-filter-differentiator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5424496483382755303'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5424496483382755303'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/active-high-pass-filter-differentiator.html' title='An active high pass filter: The differentiator Revisited'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7341755262198940691</id><published>2010-11-07T19:51:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:51:18.760-08:00</updated><title type='text'>A low pass active filter: The Integrator Revisited</title><content type='html'>When we first used capacitors as feedback element of an opamp the workings of the circuit was only looked at in terms of direct current, charging the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With your new knowledge of capacitive reactance, you can see how when the input signal is an alternating current the capacitor and its reactance control the gain of the opamp.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With low frequencies, the reactance of the capacitor is high because a large current is stored that must be overcome each cycle in order for it to charge in the opposite polarity. Looking at the formula, you can see why this is true:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Xc = 1 / (2 pi f C)&lt;br /&gt;With f approaching zero, the division gets larger and larger, approaching infinity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One problem with having just a capacitor control the gain is that for low frequencies the gain can be so high as to drive the output to saturation on both polarities for each change in polarity of the input signal. To prevent this, a resistor is connected in parallel to the capacitor in order to limit the gain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How this works is when the a low frequency is applied as input, the reactance of the capacitor will be extremely high, and since it is in parallel with the resistor, the equivalent resistance of the parallel combination will always be smaller than the smallest of values, so if the reactance is much higher than the resistance, so the resistance will dominate (when a component dominates is when a combination tends to the particular value of that component).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the frequency at the input increases, the reactance of the capacitor decreases, making the parallel combination lower and lower. This has the effect that the ratio of Rin and Rf is smaller, making the gain of the amplifier lower and lower, given by the equation&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = Vin (-Rf / Rin)&lt;br /&gt;With very high frequencies, Rf is dominated by the very low reactance of the capacitor, and the gain tends towards zero, so these frequencies are being blocked.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, the integrator circuit is also a low pass filter, amplifying low frequency signals and attenuating high frequency signals to the point of blocking them.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7341755262198940691?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7341755262198940691/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/low-pass-active-filter-integrator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7341755262198940691'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7341755262198940691'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/low-pass-active-filter-integrator.html' title='A low pass active filter: The Integrator Revisited'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4680553630844180526</id><published>2010-11-07T19:50:00.005-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:50:42.059-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Basic Passive Filter: a Reactive voltage divider</title><content type='html'>Looking back at the voltage divider, it is a circuit where the voltage across the second resistor is proportional to the ratio of the second resistor divided by the total resistance of the divider. Since ohms are used for the calculations, we can replace the second resistor with a capacitive reactance and still get the same results.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In a purely resistive voltage divider, when both resistances are equal results in an output voltage that is half. With a reactance, there's a frequency that will set the reactance to be equal to the resistance, thus only half of the alternating signal will be available for further processing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's another widely used frequency where the signal starts to be noticeably attenuated if seen from the output of the divider. This frequency corresponds to the point where the reactance will cause an output of about 70% (0.7071x approx, which is the square root of 1/2) of the original signal being delivered to the output; this frequency is called the cutoff frequency.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cutoff frequency in a filter is used for both blocking higher or lower frequency signals. If blocking lower frequencies you can think of it as the point where the filter start to conduct a large portion of the input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This basic circuit is the basis for most passive filters. One of the disadvantages of this simple design is that it only allows for attenuation of a signal, but other times it is of more use to amplify a given range of frequencies and block others, instead of just attenuating.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4680553630844180526?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4680553630844180526/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/basic-passive-filter-reactive-voltage.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4680553630844180526'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4680553630844180526'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/basic-passive-filter-reactive-voltage.html' title='Basic Passive Filter: a Reactive voltage divider'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3757004692097487109</id><published>2010-11-07T19:50:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:50:03.326-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Capacitive Reactance</title><content type='html'>One of the properties of capacitors is its ability to hold a charge when a voltage is applied to it. The buildup of charges inside the capacitor generates a voltage across it and in opposition of the voltage that is driving the incoming charges, effectively resisting to their flow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This effect of resisting current flow into and out of (an apparent flow "through") is called reactance and is measured in ohms, the same unit for resistance. This is because an ohm is a unit of opposition to electric current, so it makes sense that reactance is also measured in ohms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With an alternating signal applied to the capacitor, some charge starts building up inside the capacitor opposing the flow of current, not enough to block it completely, so it appears to go through the capacitor; there's some opposition, but not as much as with a constant current, which it can block completely when fully charged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the frequency (number of times the signal completes a cycle of 0v -&amp;gt; positive peak -&amp;gt; 0v -&amp;gt; negative peak -&amp;gt; 0v) the charge that accumulates inside the capacitor gets smaller and smaller, up to the point where virtually no current is stored and all of the signal gets apparently through the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With an increase in frequency, the capacitive reactance goes down in the same proportion. This has a more formal definition, given by the equation:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Xc = 1 / (2 pi f C)&lt;br /&gt;where Xc is the capacitive reactance in ohms, f is the signal frequency and C is the capacitance of the component.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 2 pi comes from the fact that reactance is actually dependent on the angular velocity of the incoming signal, but since the 2 pi is constant and increasing angular velocity leads to higher frecuency, it is sometimes better to think of reactance in terms of just variable frequency.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For all practical purposes, capacitive reactance follow the same rules as resistors when combined in series and parallel. This fact is particularly useful for understanding most filters, since they often rely on capacitive reactance as part of a voltage divider.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3757004692097487109?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3757004692097487109/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/capacitive-reactance.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3757004692097487109'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3757004692097487109'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/capacitive-reactance.html' title='Capacitive Reactance'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4976830918339142516</id><published>2010-11-07T19:49:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:49:36.934-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Frequency in the loop: Opamp Active Filters</title><content type='html'>When talking about filters in the context of electronics, it means a circuit that will block signals of a certain frequency and allow others to pass; some examples are signal filters to block signals of a certain frequency to be amplified, and source filters that remove an alternating component from a DC power line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most filters rely on the ability of some components, capacitors and inductors, to change their ability to conduct current at certain frequencies to attenuate a signal to the point where it's no longer a problem.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One thing with this "passive" approach is that you can't use multiple stages of filtering because the signal gets smaller smaller with every stage, so the use of "active" filters, those that incorporate an amplifying element, became a necessity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this series we have already used two of the most fundamental active filters, even though we didn't see them as such at the time, now you are going to revisit them with new eyes and new information on how exactly their filtering properties emerge.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4976830918339142516?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4976830918339142516/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/frequency-in-loop-opamp-active-filters.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4976830918339142516'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4976830918339142516'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/frequency-in-loop-opamp-active-filters.html' title='Frequency in the loop: Opamp Active Filters'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-812337307385699661</id><published>2010-11-07T19:48:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.783-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Schmitt Trigger</title><content type='html'>This opamp configuration is derived from the simple comparator circuit: set up a reference at the non inverting and use the inverting as signal input. There is one main difference: this circuit uses feedback to move the reference point when the signal passes it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The feedback goes from output to the non inverting input via a resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This circuit's initial conditions are somewhat random, depending on noise when turned on and other similar things. For simplicity, we'll assume that the output starts full positive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;At turn on, the output is at positive, and the reference es set up using a voltage divider. With the output initially at positive, you can think of it as in parallel with the top resistor of the divider for practical purposes. If both resistors are equal, then the equivalent resistor is half the value; you can further simplify things at this point by making both top and feedback resistors twice the value of the second divider resistor, setting the reference at 0v (assuming the second resistor is connected to the negative rail).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The reference is now set at 0v, with the input starting lower than that, the output remains positive. When the input goes just a bit higher than the reference, the output will swing to full negative by action of the high internal gain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With the output now negative, the output resistor is now virtually connected to the negative rail, so the parallel combination is now on the lower resistor. Using the parallel resistor formula, you can get the equivalent resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Rt = R1R2/(R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;With R2 twice that of R1, we get&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Rt = 2R^2/(3R) =&amp;gt; Rt = 2R/3&lt;br /&gt;With these values now we can calculate the voltage at the reference&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = (Vcc+Vee)Rt / (2R + Rt)&lt;br /&gt;where 2R is the top resistor of twice the value of the original lower resistor. Substituting Rt.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = ((Vcc+Vee)2R/3) / (2R + 2R/3)&lt;br /&gt;Some algebraic manupulation.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = (Vcc+Vee)2R / 3(2R + 2R/3)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = (Vcc+Vee)2R / (6R + 2R)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = (Vcc+Vee)2R / 8R&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vref = (1/4)(Vcc+Vee)&lt;br /&gt;This Vref is by measuring from the non inverting terminal to Vee, we need to change this to be from the non inverting to ground; we know that ground is at the half position between&amp;nbsp; Vcc and Vee, so the 1/4 is actually 1/2 of Vee.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, Vref as moved towards the negative supply, so if any noise at the point where the signal crosses the initial reference drives it momentarily down, the output will not swing again at that point because the new reference is lower than what a typical noise will make the signal move.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the signal goes down all the way to 1/2 of Vee, then the output will swing to positive, driving the reference voltage up along with it, so the switching action only occurs once even if the signal wiggles near the transition point.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This property is called hysteresis, and is useful in many applications where noise becomes a problem, specially in digital systems where excessive switching from noise can mess up the logic.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-812337307385699661?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/812337307385699661/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-schmitt-trigger.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/812337307385699661'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/812337307385699661'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-schmitt-trigger.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Schmitt Trigger'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2446323115232202101</id><published>2010-11-07T19:47:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.783-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Window comparator</title><content type='html'>The simple comparator circuit has one inherent problem: it can only tell us if one of the input voltages is higher than the other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But what if you needed a circuit that tells us if a signal is within a range of values? you would need a circuit that tells you if the signal is higher than a minimum and if it also is lower than the maximum. The problem itself hints at the solution.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For a window comparator, we need one simple comparator set up just like the previous circuit: use the non inverting as reference and the inverting input as the signal entry. This comparator will set the maximum; if the signal goes higher than the reference the output will go negative, signaling an out of range (if we consider positive to be in range).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another comparator is set by switching the reference and signal inputs, connecting the reference to the inverting input and the signal to the non inverting. If the signal is lower than the reference, the output will go negative, again indicating an out of range; this comparator sets the minimum.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When both opamp outputs go positive, it means that the signal is below the maximum and above the minimum, in other words, the signal is within the window of voltages you have defined.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There's one thing to consider with this configuration, when the signal is out of range, one of the opamps will go full negative (virtual connection to negative supply) and the other will be full positive (virtual connection to positive supply). This causes a short circuit condition that needs to be avoided as it could cause damage to the circuit or the supplies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to protect from this condition is use diodes configured as the logic AND gate. This simply means to connect two diodes at the opamp outputs, connect both their anodes together and to the positive supply via a high value resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What this does is that only when both opamps are at full positive (diodes' conduction blocked, basically disconnecting the opamps from the rest of the circuit) will the output be positive, held by the high value resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When either opamp goes negative, the diode connected to it will be forward biased, basically connecting the output to ground; the other opamp is blocked from connecting to the output by the reverse biased diode (positive opamp output connected to cathode, negative to anode) and no short circuit condition occurs.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2446323115232202101?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2446323115232202101/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-window-comparator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2446323115232202101'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2446323115232202101'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-window-comparator.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Window comparator'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-909784585065088726</id><published>2010-11-07T19:46:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.784-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Comparator circuit</title><content type='html'>One of the main reasons for using opamps as active devices in circuits is that their internal gain is so high, that even if we reduce it to a tiny fraction, it will still be enough for practical purposes. This particular configuration depends on the very high gain of the opamp to swing the output to one of the extremes; the sign of which tells us which input is more positive than the other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By connecting the non inverting input to a voltage source, we are setting the reference point of the comparator. Remember that since there's no feedback, and because internally the opamp is just a very high gain difference amplifier, the output will be the non inverting input voltage minus the inverting input voltage, multiplied by the internal gain (in the 100k's).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This means that a difference of just millivolts will drive the output into saturation; if the difference is positive it will swing to full positive, limited by the supply. If the difference is negative, it will swing to full negative, again limited only by the supply.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On most amplifier circuits it is not advisable to drive the opamp into saturation because it clips the signal from going any further on both ends, but in this case we are not so much interested in the signal itself but on the relationship between the signal and a reference, so this circuit serves its purpose.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-909784585065088726?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/909784585065088726/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-comparator-circuit.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/909784585065088726'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/909784585065088726'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-comparator-circuit.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Comparator circuit'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2204777910667809341</id><published>2010-11-07T19:45:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.784-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Differentiator</title><content type='html'>The inverse function to integration is differentiation, in other words finding the derivative, which the opamp can also perform. The derivative is defined as the rate at which the function changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By using an input capacitor instead of a resistor, we can accomplish the same thing. If you remember, a capacitor stores charges in its plates, when one of them starts accumulating charges, the same charges will be pushed out from the other plate, as if current was flowing through the capacitor despite the intrinsic insulating layer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The capacitor's charges start building up and creating a voltage across itself in opposition to the charging voltage, thus slowing down the incoming charges, slowing down the charging process in general. When enough charges have accumulated, the charges inside the capacitor completely push away the charges coming from the source, no more charges enter the capacitor, and because of this no more charges are pushed out on the other side of the capacitor, so no more apparent flow of current across the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When used as input for a signal, if the signal does not change (like a DC input), the capacitor will have an initial apparent current through it as the voltage across it builds up due to incoming charges, and since the input of the amplifier tries to not draw any current, it will create a voltage at its output so that the current through the feedback resistor is the same as the apparent current through the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the capacitor charges very quickly due to the voltage applied to it and the fact that there's no current limiting component like a resistor, the apparent current through the capacitor falls very quickly as the voltage across it in opposition rises as quickly; the falling current is also causes the opamp to drive the output voltage less, since there's less current to compensate for.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Applying a DC input to the differentiator thus creates a spike in input as well as in output as the capacitor's initial charge is developed, and then goes back to 0v as there's no more apparent current to compensate for; Similar to the operation of finding a constant's derivative, which is always 0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The fact that there's an initial spike can be mathematically modeled as a period in which there's a function that rises at a very high rate (which actually happens, the voltage doesn't just jump from 0v to the DC input voltage, it rises very rapidly towards it), so its rate of change is very high for a brief period of time; hence the spike.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the input voltage stabilizes, its rate of change slows down very rapidly as well, going towards zero when fully stabilized; this is reflected in the opamp's output by the fact that as the voltage stabilizes, the output spike goes down very rapidly towards zero and stays there.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now instead of applying a constant input, you can replace it with a constantly changing input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the input is increasing at a constant rate, there will be a constant apparent flow of current through the capacitor, since the voltage buildup across the capacitor is compensated by the increase in input signal. Since there's a constant apparent flow of current through the capacitor, the opamp compensated by setting the output voltage at a level that will make the feedback resistor draw the same amount of current, so that the opamp input does not draw it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the amount of apparent current is constant, a constant output voltage is enough to keep the feedback resistor drawing the current, and the opamp keeps a constant output at the output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This mode is very similar to using a resistor with constant dc as the input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The same is true for a constantly decreasing input voltage; the output will just be of reversed polarity. To compare with the mathematical definition of the derivative of a linear variable, the derivative will be a constant.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This can be expanded to other functions, one of the most widely used being the sine function. Since the mathematical derivative of the sin(x) function is cos(x), which is a shifted version of sin(x) by 90 degrees, when you input a sine input at the differentiator amplifier, the output will be the same function shifted 90 degrees, in essence, a cosine function.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2204777910667809341?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2204777910667809341/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-differentiator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2204777910667809341'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2204777910667809341'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-differentiator.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Differentiator'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-393459604675668953</id><published>2010-11-07T19:42:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.785-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Integrator</title><content type='html'>If you replace the feedback resistor with a capacitor, you get an integrating amplifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In math, an integration operation is basically the area under a curve. If we have a voltage vs time graph, and the voltage remains constant, the integral of that will be the voltage times the time it stays at that level. As you can see, the longer the time the voltage remains constant, the higher the integral will be.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Back to our integrator, as the input voltage is applied to the inverting input via an input resistor that creates an input current. The Opamp will try to compensate the current by creating a voltage across the feedback element enough to make a current flow equal to that at the input to conform to the current rule: the inputs draw virtually no current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the simple inverting amplifier, the feedback resistor developed a constant current at a constant voltage at the output with respect to the inverting input, tied to ground. This time however, the feedback element is a capacitor; an element that can store charge, charge that eventually develops a voltage across it as it gets more and more charged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If we apply a constant voltage at the input, a current flows through the input resistor. This current the opamp tries to compensate by creating a voltage at the capacitor to induce a current equal to that of the input. If the capacitor is initially completely discharged, the voltage across it is 0v, and its "resistance" is infinite since it is effectively insulating both sides so no current flows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The gain is initially infinite, since Rfb/Rin tends to infinity by action of Rfb being infinity. This makes the output voltage go down quickly in a small amount of time (remember that the opamp is acting in an inverting configuration). As the capacitor starts charging, the charges entering the out plate of the capacitor push the charges on the other side, effectively creating a current across the capacitor, enough to counteract the input current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the charges build up inside the capacitor, a voltage develops across it in opposition of the output voltage, making it seem as if less voltage is applied to it, slowing down the amount of charges getting into the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Less new charges going into the capacitor causes less charges being pushed out at the other plate. The Opamp tries to compensate by further lowering the voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, the charges keep building up and the opamp is always trying to compensate by lowering the output voltage. At one point, the opamp will not be able to lower the output voltage, at which point it is said to be saturated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The rate of charge of the capacitor depends on the current that is applied to it, and the current depends on the voltage and resistor at the input by ohms law I = V/R. The higher the voltage, the faster the capacitor charges and the output going lower, and the lower the input resistor the more current flows, charging the capacitor faster and resulting in the same faster lower output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This action is the same as in the integration operation: the higher the value of the graph the higher the integral will be in the same amount of time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also if the input goes negative, the capacitor starts discharging and the output will go higher to compensate. If at any point the input goes to 0, the current through the input resistor will be zero, and the opamp will compensate by setting the output voltage at the same level as the capacitor voltage, in order to stop it from being charged or discharged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Similar to what happens in an integration: if the graph crosses 0 and stays there, the integral will be the sum of areas up until that point and stay there for as long as the graph stays at zero. Also, if the graph goes lower than 0 then the integral will go lower because the area will be negative relative to 0.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-393459604675668953?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/393459604675668953/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-integrator.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/393459604675668953'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/393459604675668953'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-integrator.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Integrator'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-670825081179092313</id><published>2010-11-07T19:41:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.786-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Summing Amplifier</title><content type='html'>Let's go back to the inverting amplifier. In its original form, we had one input resistance, one feedback resistance and one input voltage; but what happens if we have two or more inputs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The math goes like this:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrin1 = Vin1 - Vinv&lt;br /&gt;The inverting terminal is at the same potential as the non inverting, which is tied to ground, so:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrin1 = Vin1&lt;br /&gt;Then separate Vrin into current times voltage, according to ohm's law:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; IinRin1 = Vin1 =&amp;gt; Iin1 = Vin1/Rin1&lt;br /&gt;But then again, we have more than one input, so for any Nth input, we have&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; IinRinNth = VinNth =&amp;gt; IinNth = VinNth/RinNth&lt;br /&gt;And the voltage at the feedback resistor, same as before&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vfb = Vinv - Vout&lt;br /&gt;Separate by ohm's law&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; IfbRfb = Vinv - Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ifb = (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;Since the inputs try to draw no current, the current through the feedback resistor must be equal to the sum of the currents through each input resistor, by kirchoff's laws.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ifb = Iin1 + Iin2 + ... + IinNth&lt;br /&gt;In terms of the voltages and resistances&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb = Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2 + ... + VinNth/RinNth&lt;br /&gt;Let's simplify to just two inputs, this can be expanded to more if needed; the equation holds true for more inputs.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb = Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2&lt;br /&gt;Since we are interested in the output voltage, the equation is solved for it&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vinv - Vout = (Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; - Vout = (Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb - Vinv&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (-1)(- Vout) = [-1][(Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb - Vinv]&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = -(Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb + Vinv&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = Vinv - (Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb&lt;br /&gt;The voltage at the inverting input will be the same as the voltage at the non inverting, which is tied to ground, so this becomes&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = - (Vin1/Rin1 + Vin2/Rin2) Rfb&lt;br /&gt;If we assume equal resistors&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = - (Vin1/R + Vin2/R) R&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = - (Vin1 + Vin2) (R/R)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = - (Vin1 + Vin2) (1)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vout = - (Vin1 + Vin2)&lt;br /&gt;Notice how the output is the inverse of the sum of the voltages. This happens because we are using an inverting amplifier base, so as expected the output is inverted. Also note that the ratio of input and feedback resistors also set the gain by multiplying the sum by the ratio of resistances; if all input resistances are the same the gain is controlled by the feedback resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another variation of this circuit is using different input resistors for each input voltage, thus creating a weighted sum, useful in some very simple digital to analog conversion circuits.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-670825081179092313?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/670825081179092313/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-summing-amplifier.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/670825081179092313'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/670825081179092313'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-summing-amplifier.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Summing Amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2157068192165418581</id><published>2010-11-07T19:40:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.786-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Difference Amplifier</title><content type='html'>Difference Amplifier&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So far you've learned about how to make an opamp add an inverted (negative) voltage to a reference, and to add a positive voltage by setting the reference.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the opamp has two inputs, one inverting and one non inverting, it should be possible to use both at the same time to add them to one another, and since one will be inverted, the effect will be a difference of voltages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This one is a bit trickier to derive equations for, since, as you already know, the voltage that will be applied to the non inverting input will also appear at the inverting input via the opamp trying to compensate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since we are using resistor ratios in the voltage divider to set the voltage at the non inverting input, the voltage at the inverting one will be in terms of those resistors as well, otherwise the equations are derived the same as for the inverting amplifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lets start with the inverting amplifier equations&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrin = Vin - Vinv&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; IinRin = Vin - Vinv =&amp;gt; Iin = (Vin - Vinv)/Rin&lt;br /&gt;Same as last time, except Vinv is non zero, set by the voltage divider. Applying the current rule:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Iin = Ifb, Ifb is the feedback current.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ifb = (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;Vinv is not tied to ground, so it can't be simplified more at this point. We also have&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Iin = Ifb =&amp;gt; (Vin - Vinv)/Rin = (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;Expressed in terms of Vout, this becomes&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) = Vinv - Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) - Vinv = - Vout&lt;br /&gt;Multiply both sides by -1&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (-1)[(Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) - Vinv] = (-1)(- Vout)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; - (Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) + Vinv = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vinv - (Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) = Vout&lt;br /&gt;Now, since Vinv is in terms of the non inverting voltage, we have&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vninv = Vin2 R2 / (R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;And&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vinv&amp;nbsp; = Vninv =&amp;gt; Vinv = Vin2 R2 / (R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;So we can rewrite our Vout equation now in terms of both input voltages&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vinv - (Vin - Vinv) (Rfb/Rin) = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; [Vin2 R2 / (R1+R2)] - (Vin - [Vin2 R2 / (R1+R2)]) [Rfb/Rin] = Vout&lt;br /&gt;This seems complicated enough as it is, so from here we are going to simplify by making some assumptions. Lets make all resistors equal.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; R = R1 = R2 = Rfb = Rin&lt;br /&gt;The equation then becomes&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; [Vin2 R/2R] - (Vin - [Vin2 R/2R] [R/R] = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin2 (1/2) - (Vin - [Vin2 (1/2)] [ 1/1 ] = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin2 (1/2) - (Vin - [Vin2 (1/2)] = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin2 (1/2) - (Vin - [Vin2 (1/2)] = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin2 (1/2) - Vin + Vin2 (1/2) = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin2 - Vin = Vout&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, with our assumption of equal resistors, the output will be equal to the difference of voltages applied, the applied at the non inverting minus the one applied at the inverting. In practice if you use the same ratios of resistors, the relation holds. You could also use equal ratios (not precisely 1:1) to set the gain; if you use different ratios you will get a weighted difference.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2157068192165418581?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2157068192165418581/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-difference.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2157068192165418581'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2157068192165418581'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-difference.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Difference Amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4921829014984499417</id><published>2010-11-07T19:39:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.787-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - The non inverting amplifier</title><content type='html'>For a non inverting action, a simple way to obtain it is to keep the feedback loop in place and connecting the terminal where the input used to be connected, to ground, while feeding the input signal to the non inverting input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This makes the opamp create an output voltage so that the current flowing through the feedback resistor network will be the necessary to develop a voltage at the inverting input that is the same as the non inverting input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since we know that the inputs draw virtually no current, then the voltage at the inverting terminal will be defined by the voltage divider created with by the feedback network.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vinv = VoutR2 / (R1 + R2)&lt;br /&gt;Since Vinv, the inverting input, is at the same potential as the non inverting input, then&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin = VoutR2/(R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;The gain is the ratio of output voltage to input voltage&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; gain = Vout/Vin&lt;br /&gt;A rewrite of the Vin equation gives you&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin/Vout = R2/(R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;This las equation is the inverse of what we need, so lets get it straight&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin = Vout R2/(R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vin (R1+R2) = Vout R2&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (R1+R2) = R2 (Vout/Vin)&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (R1+R2)/R2 = Vout/Vin&lt;br /&gt;That's an equation for gain, which can be further simplified by separating the terms&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (R1/R2) + (R2/R2) = Vout/Vin&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (R1/R2) + 1 = Vout/Vin&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, the gain is similar to the inverting amplifier, set by the ratio of the feedback resistors. In this case however, the gain will always be higher than 1. You can think of it as if the amplifier is adding the amplified signal to the non inverting reference voltage, which in fact is the same as the inverting, just that in this case the reference is not ground (0v).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4921829014984499417?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4921829014984499417/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-non-inverting.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4921829014984499417'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4921829014984499417'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-non-inverting.html' title='Opamp Configurations - The non inverting amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2038432788114482212</id><published>2010-11-07T19:38:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.787-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Opamp Configurations - Inverting amplifier</title><content type='html'>As you leaned in the intro to opamps, when under negative feedback, the voltage difference across its inputs will be close to 0v. This is achieved via compensation from the opamp output and the feedback loop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the simplest way to achieve it is a configuration known as the inverting amplifier. In this configuration, the non inverting input is tied directly to ground, and a feedback loop is made using a resistor connected between inverting input and output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another resistor is used to connect the signal source to the amplifier, since the inverting input will be at the same potential by action of the feedback loop, it would be connected to ground and no signal would get to the opamp to get amplified.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The voltage in through the resistor will cause a current going in the direction of the inverting input. Since one of the properties of the op amp is that its inputs draw virtually no current, or at least it will try not to draw current by pulling the output voltage towards a more negative value, in order to create a voltage across the feedback resistor that will draw the same amount of current as what's trying to go through the input resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The math behind this action:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrin = Vin - Vinv&lt;br /&gt;The inverting terminal is at the same potential as the non inverting, which is tied to ground, so:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrin = Vin&lt;br /&gt;Then separate Vrin into current times voltage, according to ohm's law:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; IinRin = Vin =&amp;gt; Iin = Vin/Rin&lt;br /&gt;Now you get an equation for the current in. Since the input will not draw current, we have that&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Iin = Ifb, Ifb is the feedback current.&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ifb = (Vinv - Vout)/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;Again, Vinv is tied to ground similar to the non inverting, so&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ifb = (0 - Vout)/Rfb =&amp;gt; -Vout/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;We equal both currents to get an equation in terms of only voltages and resistors&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Iin = Ifb =&amp;gt; Vin/Rin = -Vout/Rfb&lt;br /&gt;The variable of interest is Vout, so rewrite it in terms of Vout&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; (Vin/Rin)Rfb = -Vout =&amp;gt; -Vin(Rfb/Rin) = Vout&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From this last equation you can see that the output voltage will be an inverted version of Vin multiplied by the ratio of the input resistor and the feedback resistor; increasing the input resistor gives less gain, while increasing the feedback resistor increases gain.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2038432788114482212?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2038432788114482212/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-inverting.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2038432788114482212'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2038432788114482212'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/opamp-configurations-inverting.html' title='Opamp Configurations - Inverting amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4319556372434089493</id><published>2010-11-07T19:37:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.788-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>Negative Feedback</title><content type='html'>Opamps have a very high intrinsic gain, something in the order of 150,000 and higher; this is called the open loop gain. This gain is not very useful by itself since it is very unstable; it changes with temperature, supply voltage and also requires extremely small signals to work within a useful range of voltages without clipping the incoming signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A method deviced from the conception of the opamp is the use of a feedback loop to limit the gain of the op amp to lower than 100, but that the gain will only depend on external components instead of the built in properties of the device.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The feedback is connected in a way such that any increase in the feedback signal will lower the output, similar to adding a negative, hence it's name.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4319556372434089493?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4319556372434089493/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/negative-feedback.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4319556372434089493'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4319556372434089493'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/negative-feedback.html' title='Negative Feedback'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6921029400268632422</id><published>2010-11-07T19:37:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-12-03T22:43:30.788-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='opamps'/><title type='text'>The Operational Amplifier OpAmp</title><content type='html'>The operational amplifier is perhaps the most versatile of amplifier circuits, used many different applications as a gain component due to high stability, gain and input impedance, as well as the fact that very little external components are needed for operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Internally, the OpAmp is based around a transistorized differential amplifier; two transistors connected to the same emitter resistor, where one of the inputs is inverted and added to the other to essentially subtract one from the other, the difference amplified by a certain factor and fed as the output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The basic opamp is a simple differential amplifier. Most commercially available opamps have extra internal circuitry to compensate for temperature change, different voltage source values and compensation to get an exact 0v when both inputs are disconnected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two characteristics that make opamps so versatile: The voltage difference across its inputs will be very close to 0v, and its inputs draw virtually no current. This characteristics are only valid only under Negative Feedback.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6921029400268632422?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6921029400268632422/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/operational-amplifier-opamp.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6921029400268632422'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6921029400268632422'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/operational-amplifier-opamp.html' title='The Operational Amplifier OpAmp'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7398368387181664785</id><published>2010-11-07T19:36:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:36:36.347-08:00</updated><title type='text'>CMOS: Complementary MOSFET</title><content type='html'>Let's do a quick review of MOSFET operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An P type MOSFET in depletion mode, apply a positive voltage enough to create a wide neutral zone and it turns off by the action of holes at the base drawing electrons to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An N type MOSFET in depletion mode, connected to ground, a reservoir of electrons, and they start to push electrons on the other side of the gate away, as if connected to a negative voltage, creating a zone where the material loses its negative charge via the lost electrons, and it turns off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, only one of the types of MOSFET is active in a certain configuration: Positive turns the P type OFF and the N type ON, and ground will turn P type ON and the N type OFF.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This interesting characteristic is employed in the making of digital circuits, that work with ON (1) and OFF (0) values only, and the fact that ON is represented by an almost direct connection to a positive rail and 0 is an almost direct connection to the ground rail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A very simple circuit demonstrates it, called an inverter. Imagine one P type MOSFET's source connected to positive and sink to the source of a N type MOSFET. Also, the sink of the N type is connected to ground.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Both MOSFETs share the same base connection, and the output will be taken at the P sink/N source connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When we connect the base to the positive rail, the P type MOSFET will turn off, insulating the output from the positive rail its source is connected to, but the N type MOSFET will be fully on, effectively connecting the output to the ground rail. An ON (1) input gives an OFF (0) output, in other words, the input is inverted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the other hand, if we connect the shared base connection to ground, the P type transistor will be fully ON, connecting the output to the positive rail, and the N type will be fully OFF, insulating it from the ground rail. An OFF (0) input gives an ON (1) output, again, the input is inverted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many more combinations of this two complementary MOSFETs are possible, creating any kind of digital circuit you can imagine, like all of the microprocessors used to build computers and cell phones.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7398368387181664785?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7398368387181664785/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/cmos-complementary-mosfet.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7398368387181664785'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7398368387181664785'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/cmos-complementary-mosfet.html' title='CMOS: Complementary MOSFET'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4712799112683567464</id><published>2010-11-07T19:36:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:36:02.170-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The MOSFET: Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor</title><content type='html'>Sometimes, even that small amount of current is too much, so a new FET design came into being. The Insulated Gate FET (IGFET) is another type of field effect transistor. This time, the P material is completely dumped and replaced by a metal contact. The metal does not come in direct contact with the N material, instead it is insulated by a thin layer of Silicon Dioxide (In other words, glass).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This configuration of materials gives this type of transistor its more common name: Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor FET, or MOSFET for short.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The internal working of the MOSFET is somewhat different from that of the junction FET in action, not in principle, and there are two modes of operating a MOSFET called Depletion mode and Enhancement mode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In depletion mode, when a gate voltage is applied the metal contact acts as a capacitor and start charging positively. This charge draws electrons to the other side of the oxide insulator, which recombine with the holes of the P material, resulting in a zone of neutral net charge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This region acts in exactly the same way as the depletion zone of the reverse biased diode, which in effect is a neutral net charge zone inside the semiconductor. As you can see, the net effect is the same, as the gate voltage is increased, more electrons are drawn to towards the gate and neutralize the holes; and also as the voltage at the gate decreases, the electrons are free to move again, the channel widens and more current flows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In enhancement mode, a layer of N material is built inside the P bar, in a structure similar to the bipolar transistor. This intrinsic layer creates two depletion regions inside the bar, insulating the from each other so no current can flow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In P channel enhancement mode MOSFETs, the applied voltage is negative, opposite of how it was in depletion mode. When a negative voltage is applied to the gate, it pushes electrons away from that region, leaving only the holes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the area where the gate meets either depletion zone, the result is a net positive charge in the material, as if in that zone the material was the same P type material. The free electrons of the intrinsic N type layer are pushed away from the gate, also leaving a zone of free holes that act as P type material.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, in this mode a channel is created near the gate that connects both ends of the P material, pushing the N middle layer away, allowing current to flow through it. When the voltage is removed, the free electrons again fill the holes and the depletion zones return to their normal neutral net charge state, insulating the layers and preventing current flow.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4712799112683567464?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4712799112683567464/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/mosfet-metal-oxide-semiconductor-field.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4712799112683567464'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4712799112683567464'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/mosfet-metal-oxide-semiconductor-field.html' title='The MOSFET: Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4609720364274296298</id><published>2010-11-07T19:34:00.005-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:34:54.088-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Junction FET operation (JFET)</title><content type='html'>Junction FETs work with the diode junction in reverse bias, that is, a more positive voltage is applied to the cathode instead of the anode, the cathode being the gate terminal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When a gate voltage is applied, the junction depletion region widens by action of the reverse bias of the PN junction. With enough voltage applied, the depletion region widens enough as to completely divide the P material bar, effectively preventing current from flowing. When the gate voltage is lowered, the depletion region shrinks again and current can flow again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Even in the absence of a control voltage at the gate, the transistor is able to conduct current through its P material body, and works like a semiconductor resistor. When a gate voltage is present, it effectively increases the resistance of the JFET's body, thus controlling the amount of current flowing through it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the PN junction of the JFET is in reverse bias mode, very little current flows (only leakage current caused by heat), so it is useful in applications where loading of a previous stage can affect its behavior or there's a need to limit the amount of consumed current, as in low power applications.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4609720364274296298?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4609720364274296298/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/junction-fet-operation-jfet.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4609720364274296298'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4609720364274296298'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/junction-fet-operation-jfet.html' title='Junction FET operation (JFET)'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6227501756991123112</id><published>2010-11-07T19:34:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:34:08.083-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Field Effect Transistors</title><content type='html'>The field effect transistor is a component that uses only one junction instead of two as in bipolar transistors. Even though it is only one junction that also functions like a diode, the actual layout of the materials make it have some properties that allow a single junction device function like a transistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The layout of the FET is a bar of semiconductor material that has a ring of an oppositely doped semiconductor material around it. This Transistor is called the junction field effect transistor or JFET.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of JFET, called N-channel and P-channel. The name comes from the type of material that makes up the bar of material, for example the N-channel is a bar of N material with a ring of P material around it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The explanations here are given for P-channel JFETs, as with bipolar transistors, just reverse polarities for N-channel JFETs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Similar to the Bipolar transistors, FETs have three terminals, Source, Gate and Sink that correspond in function to the Collector, Base and Emitter of the BJT, respectively&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6227501756991123112?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6227501756991123112/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/field-effect-transistors.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6227501756991123112'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6227501756991123112'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/field-effect-transistors.html' title='Field Effect Transistors'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2549531463159751839</id><published>2010-11-07T19:33:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:33:44.671-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Capacitive Coupling: Isolating AC from DC</title><content type='html'>In order to connect an alternating signal into the transistor amplifier in a way that the circuitry that generates the signal doesn't interfere with the operation of the amplifier, and also that the biasing and operation of the transistor amplifier doesn't change the way the circuitry of the source signal operates, we need a way to isolate them from each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the only component of interest that needs to be shared by both circuits is the alternating signal (AC signal), we need to use a component that will let the ac component pass while blocking the any DC of the bias circuitry or the signal generator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you learned in a previous lesson, a capacitor is a component that can store energy in the form of an electric field created by lumping charges close to each other but still isolated. Current cannot directly cross the insulating layer inside the capacitor, effectively blocking any direct current flow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But something interesting happens when a capacitor is affected by an alternating current. On the positive half of an AC wave, one side of the capacitor is filled with an inrush of electrons, while on the other side, electrons are pushed out to be replaced with holes, until the capacitor is fully charged and no more charges move.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For the moment when the capacitor is charging, the amount of electrons entering one plate of the capacitor is the same as the electrons being pushed out from the other side, almost as if the electrons had just crossed the insulating layer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the polarity is reversed the effect happens once again, the electrons are now drawn towards the voltage source, leaving holes in the plate of the capacitor. These holes draw the electrons that were previously pushed away, into the plate of the capacitor. The net effect is again as if the electrons crossed the insulating layer to get to the voltage source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In practice, it is not the actual crossing of the electrons that is of use, but the movement of them on both sides of the capacitor that can be used as a current in the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Summarizing, the capacitor blocks any current that tries to directly cross the insulating layer, but it can't stop the electrons from being drawn to or away from the plates, effectively letting alternating voltages get through.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This effect is used to isolate the DC component from both sides while allowing the ac to flow, and is called capacitive coupling.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2549531463159751839?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2549531463159751839/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/capacitive-coupling-isolating-ac-from.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2549531463159751839'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2549531463159751839'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/capacitive-coupling-isolating-ac-from.html' title='Capacitive Coupling: Isolating AC from DC'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-625364926589395417</id><published>2010-11-07T19:33:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:33:12.399-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Transistor Biasing</title><content type='html'>When you looked at how a common collector transistor amplifier works, you noticed that most of the behavior is controlled by the voltage applied at the base. Most of the time, the signal we want to amplify is a signal that alternates between positive and negative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the transistor needs at least enough voltage at the base to overcome the base-emitter junction voltage (0.7v typical for silicon transistors), any voltage below that will drive the transistor into cutoff, clipping and distorting the signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to overcome this and allow negative signals to be amplified is to set a constant voltage at the base that will be varied up and down by the alternating signal to be amplified.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The setting of that constant voltage at the base is called biasing of the transistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The easiest and most common way to bias a transistor is to use a two resistor voltage divider. As you saw in a previous lesson, the voltage divider has the weakness that anything connected to it will "load" the circuit, and change the voltage across the output resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When used to bias the transistor, the voltage divider will never get into a loaded situation, since the base will draw very little current.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-625364926589395417?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/625364926589395417/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/transistor-biasing.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/625364926589395417'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/625364926589395417'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/transistor-biasing.html' title='Transistor Biasing'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7233407000903594156</id><published>2010-11-07T19:32:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:32:46.011-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Common Emitter</title><content type='html'>Continuing from the emitter follower, you learned that the voltage at the emitter is roughly equal to the voltage at the base, independent of the resistor used at the emitter. What does depend on the resistor value used is the current that flows through the emitter resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The current drawn by the resistor is defined by ohm's law&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ie = Vre/Re&lt;br /&gt;and since the voltage at the emitter resistor is practically the same as the base voltage, then&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ie = Vb/Re&lt;br /&gt;where Vre is emitter resistor voltage, Re is emitter resistor's resistance and Vb is the base voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You also know that the current comes mostly from the voltage source connected at the collector, since the base doesn't contribute much to the overall emitter current, it can be considered a separate, series circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As a series circuit, you know that the current flowing at any point in the circuit is the same as at any other point in the circuit. You already know the emitter current, so the current through the collector, and any resistor connected to it, will be the same as the emitter current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The current through the collector resistor causes a voltage drop across it, defined by ohm's law as &amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrc = Ic Rc&lt;br /&gt;where Vrc is the voltage across the collector resistor. Since the collector current is the same as the emitter current, you get&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrc = Ie Rc&lt;br /&gt;You also have that the emitter current is defined as&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ie = Vb/Re&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All this data collection is to arrive at an equation for the voltage at the collector&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrc = [Vb/Re] Rc&lt;br /&gt;if you rewrite it you get&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vrc = Vb [Rc/Re].&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This final equation gives us an easy definition for the voltage across the collector resistor that is independent of the beta (current gain) of the transistor, characteristic that varies widely among even the same batch of transistor, and that also depends on the temperature of the transistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, the voltage across the collector resistor is not very useful by itself, but it can be used to obtain the voltage at the collector-resistor connection, in other words, the voltage across the transistor itself.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By Kirchoff's laws, the voltage supplied is the sum of all the voltages induced in the components that form the closed loop. In practice, our loop is the collector resistor, the transistor itself and the emitter resistor. You already know how to calculate the voltage across the resistors, and know that the sum is equal to the supply voltage, so Vcc - Vrc - Vre - Vce = 0, where Vce is the voltage across the transistor's collector and emitter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since most of the time, the output of this circuit is connected from the transistor collector to ground, we need to know the voltage at the collector of the transistor with respect to ground, defined as&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vc = Vcc - Vrc&lt;br /&gt;Or in other terms&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vc = Vre + Vce&lt;br /&gt;Since it is easier to calculate Vrc than Vce, the first equation is the most widely used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The design of a common collector amplifier requires that you know all the mayor characteristics of the transistor, like the relationships between collector, emitter and base currents, as well as other properties of circuits like kirchoff's and ohm's laws.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7233407000903594156?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7233407000903594156/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/common-emitter.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7233407000903594156'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7233407000903594156'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/common-emitter.html' title='Common Emitter'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2080214861177339322</id><published>2010-11-07T19:32:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:32:09.138-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Emitter follower or common collector</title><content type='html'>When you connect the emitter through a resistor, the collector to the voltage source and apply enough voltage at the base for conduction, the voltage across the emitter resistor will be roughly equal to the base voltage minus the base emitter junction voltage (0.7v typical for silicon transistors).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The voltage across the emitter resistor is independent of resistor value, so it can be used to power high current drawing loads from a small input current, since the current through the emitter resistor and anything connected to it comes largely from the collector current instead of base current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This also isolates parts of a circuit from loading or otherwise interfere with it's function. As such, they are also called voltage buffers and impedance buffers.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2080214861177339322?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2080214861177339322/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/emitter-follower-or-common-collector.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2080214861177339322'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2080214861177339322'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/emitter-follower-or-common-collector.html' title='Emitter follower or common collector'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5646341452732460566</id><published>2010-11-07T19:31:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:31:42.503-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Bipolar transistor</title><content type='html'>The bipolar transistor is a three terminal component made from three layers of alternating semiconductor material. The layers form two PN junctions and in some ways work like two diodes connected in series with pointing away from the point where they connect, this point being the third terminal of the transistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The terminals in the transistor are called Collector, Base and Emitter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although similar in construction, the particular way in which the layers in a transistor are arranged give it some interesting properties.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The bipolar transistor functions as what is called a current controlled current regulator. When a small current flows through the forward biased base-emitter junction, a large current is also allowed to flow from collector to emitter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This seems counter-intuitive with the way you learned about diodes; a reverse biased diode should not allow current through it. This emergent property of the transistor is what gives it most of its uses, since a little input current at the base generates a large output current through the transistor, in essence it amplifies the current using an external power source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of bipolar transistors, PNP and NPN, named after the combination of material types that make them up, they differ in polarity of voltages applied. The explanations given are for NPN transistors, use the reverse polarities for PNP transistors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Transistor Operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With collector connected to a more positive voltage than emitter and no current flowing into the base of the transistor, no current flows from collector to emitter, and the transistor is said to be in cutoff.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the voltage applied to the base is slightly higher than the junction voltage of the base emitter junction, some current starts to flow from base to emitter, as well as from collector to emitter. The current that flows through the collector is roughly the same as the current going into the base times the current gain of the transistor (Typically written as hfe or B [beta]).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Consider a transistor's collector connected directly to the voltage source and the emitter connected to ground, by kirchoff's second law you can see that the voltage the transistor gets will always be equal to the supplied voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In cutoff, no current flows through the transistor, so the voltage source "sees" an infinite resistance, that is equivalent to an open switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With only a voltage of a little over the junction voltage of base emitter, let's say enough for 1mA to flow and a beta of 100, we get a collector current of roughly 100mA. So in theory, if we supply 100mA we should get a collector current of roughly 10A right?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In theory, yes, that should be possible. In practice however, current flowing through any conductor generates heat, and with small transistors even a current of less than 500mA could be enough to create enough heat to burn and destroy the transistor. There's also the fact that any voltage source has a limit on the amount of current it can supply.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let's now consider another similar circuit, now instead of being connected directly to voltage ground, we use a resistor of 90 ohms as a load the collector. Let's also use the base current again from the previous example, 1mA and a voltage source of 10v.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The theoretical collector current should be Ic = B Ib = 100 1mA = 100mA.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With 100mA flowing through it, the resistor gets an induced voltage of 9v, close to our voltage supply, with 1v across the transistor, we account for all 10v of supply. But what happens if we increase the base voltage to 2mA?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In theory, collector current should be Ic = 100 2mA = 200mA.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With 200mA flowing through it, the resistor should get an induced voltage of 18v, which is clearly higher than our supply voltage. To compensate, the transistor should have to be 8v lower than ground potential, which it simply cannot do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What happens in this situation is that the transistor will try to keep the voltage across it as close to ground as it can to accommodate the current that should be flowing through its collector. The base current at which the transistor cannot lower the voltage across it , in other words the transistor is fully on, is called the saturation current, and the state itself called saturation.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5646341452732460566?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5646341452732460566/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/bipolar-transistor.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5646341452732460566'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5646341452732460566'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/bipolar-transistor.html' title='The Bipolar transistor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6307712985646580110</id><published>2010-11-07T19:30:00.003-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:30:41.870-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Light Emitting Diode - Led</title><content type='html'>The Led works under the same principles as the rectifier diode, but the N and P regions are built with special materials that emit a certain wavelength of light when a current flows through them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The main advantages of the led diode is that it is smaller and uses less current than traditional light bulbs. Their main use is as indicators and lighting for small areas.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Led circuits are very popular among electronics enthusiasts because they can see how their circuit is working, and can also be used to produce a number of very interesting light effects.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6307712985646580110?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6307712985646580110/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/light-emitting-diode-led.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6307712985646580110'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6307712985646580110'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/light-emitting-diode-led.html' title='The Light Emitting Diode - Led'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1577894454262909078</id><published>2010-11-07T19:30:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:30:11.970-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The Zener Diode</title><content type='html'>As you learned on the mechanics of the PN junction, when a negative voltage from anode to cathode is connected, the electrons do not have enough energy to cross the widened depletion zone and no current flows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But what happens when enough voltage is applied, the electrons have enough energy to cross the barrier and knock some other electrons free along the way. This creates what is called an electron avalanche where more and more electrons break free and conduct current. The voltage at which this phenomenon starts remains across the diode constant even if the outside source is increased.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In most semiconductor diodes this effect is destructive to the diode, since they are not designed to handle the current produced by the avalanche.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The zener diode works in what is called the zener region, a voltage where a small and controlled electron avalanche can be used to generate a constant voltage across the diode.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This property gives the zener diode many of its uses as a voltage regulator, voltage monitor and many other fixed voltage applications.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1577894454262909078?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1577894454262909078/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/zener-diode.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1577894454262909078'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1577894454262909078'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/zener-diode.html' title='The Zener Diode'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3493304591820520212</id><published>2010-11-07T19:29:00.004-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:29:39.894-08:00</updated><title type='text'>The bridge rectifier</title><content type='html'>This new rectifier circuit is made from four diodes in a configuration called a bridge rectifier. What this does is that on any given half of the input cycle, only two diodes are conducting. They get connected in such a way that the two conducting diodes will route the incoming current on the same direction, rectifying the current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let's take a closer look at what is going on in this circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the positive half of the wave, D1 is forward biased (positive applied to anode) and conducts current, and D4 is reverse biased (positive applied to cathode) and blocks current flow. D2 is also reverse biased, since it is connected to the positive voltage on its anode and transformer negative, which is our ground, that has a 0v potential.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The return path of the current is wired to D3 and D4 anodes. Since D4's cathode is in a higher voltage it will not conduct. D3 anode is not on a higher voltage, in fact it is in the 0v potential of the transformers negative, so it conducts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the negative half, the polarities have reversed, and now D2 is forward biased, D1 reverse biased (cathode now connected to a more positive voltage than its anode) and current ends up flowing in the same direction as it did in the positive half of the wave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the return path, D3 is blocked by the positive at its anode and doesn't conduct, but D4 does, completing the path to transformer ground.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, on both halves of the input signal the current ends up flowing in the same direction, and so it is said to be rectified.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This bridge has applications outside rectifying ac current, it is also useful in protecting against wrong connections on the power supply terminal, like connecting a battery in reverse, since no matter which way the input is connected, the current will always flow in the same direction.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3493304591820520212?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3493304591820520212/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/bridge-rectifier.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3493304591820520212'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3493304591820520212'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/bridge-rectifier.html' title='The bridge rectifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3241638903560806050</id><published>2010-11-07T19:29:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:29:17.025-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Diode: Most basic semiconductor device</title><content type='html'>Enter semiconductors: The PN Junction&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The basis of all semiconductor components is the pn junction. Made from the union of two semiconductor materials with different electrical characteristics, most often a silicon substrate with impurities that give it an overall charge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These two types of materials are called N for negative type with excess electrons, and P for positive type with lack of electrons (excess holes).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When these two material initially come in contact with each other, a portion of the extra electrons in the N type material rush to meet the holes in the P type material, creating a zone where there are neither extra electrons or holes. This region is called a Depletion zone, since the extra charges are depleted by combining with each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This depletion zone works as an insulator, separating the N and P layers of the material. Since on one side you have more electrons and on the other you have more holes separated by an insulating layer, the PN junction resembles a little battery, by creating a potential difference across its terminals.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The diode is just a basic two terminal device made of a pn junction. Each terminal is given a specific name, now that it is part of a component, it's better to differentiate it from the P and N type materials. The terminal connected to the P material is called anode (A in schematics) and the terminal connected to the N material is called Cathode (K in schematics).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The pn junction has some properties when an external voltage source is applied to it. When you connect a positive voltage to the cathode with respect to the anode, the electrons are pushed towards the depletion zone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Forward Bias&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the external voltage if higher than the internal junction voltage, also called forward voltage drop the electrons get enough energy to cross the depletion zone and meet with the holes on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reverse Bias&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In case of a negative voltage to anode with respect to cathode, the electrons in the cathode are drawn towards the holes in the positive of the voltage source. Same happens with the holes in the anode, which are filled and drawn towards the electrons in the negative terminal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This has the overall effect of drawing the internal charges away from the depletion zone, effectively widening it, so the electrons don't have enough energy to cross it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In any bias mode, when a diode conducts, the voltage at which it start to do so remains constant even with increases in the external applied voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Diode varieties and common configurations&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Diodes have a wide range of uses depending on their structure and exploited characteristic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The simple rectifier diode employs the basic properties of the PN junction, specially the fact that it only conducts when forward biased, to create useful circuits. Its most important uses are, as its name implies, in rectifying alternating current into direct current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The most basic of these rectifier circuits is the half wave rectifier, which basically consists of a diode in series with the source. This diode blocks the negative half of the input wave from reaching the load, creating a pulsating but one way flow of current. An improvement to this and any rectifier circuit is the use of an output capacitor that will charge close to the highest peak of the signal and keep the output dc from varying as much.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using only one half of the incoming wave is not very efficient, since the energy from the other half is not used. An improved rectifier circuit is the full wave rectifier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the simplest form of the full wave rectifier, a special transformer with a central tap is used. In this configuration, the full wave rectifier functions as two half wave rectifiers working each on a different half of the input wave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using a center tap transformer is not very practical for small applications, since tapped transformers tend to be bigger than two terminal ones. Since we no longer have a common return path for the current, we need to find a way to make sure that whatever polarity the input has, the output will "see" current flowing in the same direction.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3241638903560806050?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3241638903560806050/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/diode-most-basic-semiconductor-device.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3241638903560806050'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3241638903560806050'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/diode-most-basic-semiconductor-device.html' title='Diode: Most basic semiconductor device'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4282366718475467609</id><published>2010-11-07T19:28:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:28:09.584-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Time and delays: RC time constant</title><content type='html'>Another very common configuration is combining a resistor and a capacitor in a series circuit. As you saw in the capacitance section, a capacitor stores charges for use later on. The capacitor is not charged instantly, instead it takes some time for enough particles to build up inside it to consider it charged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also, as it gets charged, the electrons inside the capacitor will push back the other electrons trying to get inside, effectively creating a voltage. This voltage prevents electrons from flowing as fast as they would otherwise move, thus reducing the charging rate as the internal voltage of the capacitor increases to match the voltage from the source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;But how is it that a unit of resistance multiplied by a unit of capacitance gives a unit of time?, let's look at how the units are defined in terms of charge and voltage:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; R = V / I, and I = Q / t, so R = [V t] / Q&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; C = Q / V&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; R C = t [V / Q] [Q / V], so R C = t&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Where Q is charge, t is the unit of time and V is voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This result specifies the time it takes for the capacitor to go from 0% to 63% of the source voltage, it is also the time it takes to go from 100% to 37% of initial voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This time is called the RC time constant because the time doesn't vary with different input voltages, and varies very little with temperature due to variations in the resistance of the resistor. This makes this combination of components very useful in timing, delay circuits, oscillators and many other applications.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4282366718475467609?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4282366718475467609/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/time-and-delays-rc-time-constant.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4282366718475467609'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4282366718475467609'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/time-and-delays-rc-time-constant.html' title='Time and delays: RC time constant'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5490839210835081373</id><published>2010-11-07T19:27:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:27:47.217-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Storing energy: Capacitance</title><content type='html'>As you saw with the voltage source model, to get a voltage we need two isolated opposite charges.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When two conductors in a circuit are close together, the current flowing tries to get as fast as it can to its destination. Sometimes there's a close enough distance between them that the charges get drawn there instead of continuing along the length of the conductor, until they are pushed out by other charges also trying to get close to their destination.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In that situation, when the charges are just starting to build up, the voltage across that point and the destination point, which from now on we will call ground, starts to build up just as the charges build up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This delay in the voltage is caused by a property called capacitance. This property is exhibited whenever two conducting or charged layers are separated by an insulating layer, forming what is called a capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The capacitance depends on various factors like the thickness of the conducting material (thicker means it can hold more charge), the surface area of the conducting layers (more area means more charges have a close spot to the opposite layer) and the insulating ability of the separating material (called dielectric).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5490839210835081373?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5490839210835081373/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/storing-energy-capacitance.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5490839210835081373'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5490839210835081373'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/storing-energy-capacitance.html' title='Storing energy: Capacitance'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5570516207714496169</id><published>2010-11-07T19:27:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:27:18.359-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Conductance</title><content type='html'>Conductance is the ability of any material to let electric current flow. Basically it is the inverse of resistance, and it is mathematically expressed as such:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; S = 1 / R&lt;br /&gt;Where S is conductance expressed by the unit Siemens.&lt;br /&gt;For a parallel circuit, the conductance equivalent is:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; St = S1 + S2 + S3&lt;br /&gt;What this equation means is that the conductance of the overall circuit will always be higher than any of the components alone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A higher conductance means the circuit will draw more current, and if you take a look at Ohm's law (I = V / R), you can see that the only way for current to be higher given a constant voltage is resistance being lower.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5570516207714496169?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5570516207714496169/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/conductance.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5570516207714496169'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5570516207714496169'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/conductance.html' title='Conductance'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-685264009678357992</id><published>2010-11-07T19:26:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:26:01.017-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Series and Parallel Circuits</title><content type='html'>There are two main ways in which electronic components are connected to each other to form useful circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the series circuit, the components are connected one after the other forming a line. What this configuration does it that it gives only path for current to flow through the circuit. One of the properties of series circuit is that the current is the same in all parts of the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If connecting a number of resistors in series, there's an equivalent resistor that represents the total resistance from the point of view of the source.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;That happens because of the second Kirchhoff law. The voltage supplied is the same as the voltage induced in the resistors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let's use an example circuit with one voltage source and three resistors in series.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Expressing it mathematically, we have that&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vt = Vr1 + Vr2 + Vr3&lt;br /&gt;where Vt is the total voltage supplied by the source, Vr1 is the voltage induced in resistor one and so on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We also have that&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; V = I R, defined by ohm's law;&lt;br /&gt;We also know that I is the same in all parts of the circuit, so&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Ir1 = Ir2 = Ir3 = It;&lt;br /&gt;So you can now change the first equation to&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; It Rt = [It R1] + [It R2] + [It R3]&lt;br /&gt;Where Rt is the equivalent resistance of the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;You can see that all values are multiplied by It, so to simplify, you can divide on both sided by It:&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Rt = R1 + R2 + R3&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now you end up with an equation that defines the Equivalent resistance that the voltage source sees. Since the equivalent resistance of the circuit is the sum of all individual resistances, it will always be larger than any individual resistor, and by ohm's law, the current flowing through it will also be lower than through any individual component.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The special case of two series resistors is called a voltage divider, and is one of the simplest yet useful subcircuits you will find in many electronic circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since the voltage across the resistors depends on the current flowing through them, adding more circuitry to the output of the divider will draw more current. This extra current induces a different voltage than if the circuit was made of just the two resistors, so the output voltage changes accordingly to satisfy kirchoff's voltage laws.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This effect of change in operation in a circuit when more components are added is called loading.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adding branches: Parallel circuits&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When more there is more than one way for current to flow, the branches of the circuit are said to be connected in parallel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In a parallel circuit, every branch of the circuit gets the same voltage, because they are connected to the exact same points.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let's demonstrate it using the same process as with series circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Imagine you have a circuit with one voltage source and three resistors connected in parallel. As you can see, all three resistors are connected across the voltage source, so they all get the full of the voltage induced on them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can visualize this in terms of kirchoff's laws if you make loops withing the circuit. One restriction is that the line that makes the loop can't pass twice through the same spot. If you make a loop with the voltage sources and any of the resistors, you can see that the voltage induced in the resistor will be the same as the voltage provided by the source in order to comply with the circuit law.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, to know the equivalent resistance that the voltage source sees, let's express the circuit in mathematical terms.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since voltage does not change in any of the loops, we will use the total Current drawn by the circuit as a starting point.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; It = Ir1 + Ir2 + Ir3&lt;br /&gt;Where It is the total current drawn by the circuit, Ir1 is the current drawn by R1 and so on.&lt;br /&gt;You also know that&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; I = V / R&lt;br /&gt;You can now change the equation in terms of the known voltage and the known resistors&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; Vt / Rt = [Vt / R1] + [Vt / R2] + [Vt / R3]&lt;br /&gt;If you divide both sides by Vt you get&lt;br /&gt;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp;&amp;nbsp; 1 / Rt = + [1 / R1] + [1 / R3] + [1 / R3]&lt;br /&gt;This doesn't make much sense as it is, because we still need to get the inverse of both sides of the equation to get to the equivalent resistance. This equation, as it is, makes far more sense when you know another characteristic of conducting materials: conductance&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-685264009678357992?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/685264009678357992/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/series-and-parallel-circuits.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/685264009678357992'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/685264009678357992'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/series-and-parallel-circuits.html' title='Series and Parallel Circuits'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-8261184865980486678</id><published>2010-11-07T19:23:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:23:18.314-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Ohm's law</title><content type='html'>There's a relationship between voltage, resistance and current. First discovered by Georg Ohm, the law that carries his name defines that and increase in voltage across a resistor results in an increase in current through it, and decreases in the same proportion as an increase in the resistance through which it flows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is translated to the mathematical equation I = V / R&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From this equation, others defining voltage and resistance in terms of the remaining properties of the circuit can be derived:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;V = I R&lt;br /&gt;R = V / I&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These form the basic equations that when combined with other properties of circuit, which you will find in a later lesson, form the basis for all circuit analysis and design of electric and electronic circuits.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-8261184865980486678?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/8261184865980486678/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/ohms-law.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8261184865980486678'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8261184865980486678'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/ohms-law.html' title='Ohm&apos;s law'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-8601572245859507450</id><published>2010-11-07T19:22:00.001-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:22:42.284-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Resistance: Opposing the flow of current</title><content type='html'>When electrons move through a conductor, there's a chance that they will bump into the large stationary atoms and particles inside it, temporarily restricting its movement and creating a zone where more electrons are lumped together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The bumps that make electron flow harder give the conductor its Resistance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Each material has a characteristic resistance to the flow of electrons. In general, the more free electrons the material has, the less resistance it will have. Materials such as the metals copper, silver and gold have many free electrons in their structure, and are very good conductors of current. Other materials such as carbon, have less free electrons, but still enough to allow considerable current to flow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The fact that carbon is very easy to mold into a particular shape make it very useful in the making of resistive elements for electronic circuits, since the thickness and length of the material help determine the end resistance of the component, parameters easily changed to create specific resistance values.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-8601572245859507450?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/8601572245859507450/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/resistance-opposing-flow-of-current.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8601572245859507450'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/8601572245859507450'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/resistance-opposing-flow-of-current.html' title='Resistance: Opposing the flow of current'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5109188864564606353</id><published>2010-11-07T19:21:00.002-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:21:55.941-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Electron current and conventional current flow</title><content type='html'>Most of the time when people talk about current you hear that it flows from positive to negative, yet here you read that it is the electrons moving from negative to positive is what creates the current in a circuit; which is correct?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The short answer is, both are correct.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the early days of the study of charges and electricity, it was believed that it was the movement from positive to negative that created the current, in part inspired by the apparent resemblance with water falling from a high place to a lower place; from positive to negative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now we know that negatively charged electrons are the actual moving particles in a circuit, so why do we still represent current as flowing from positive to negative? It is more intuitive that way, and there's also a base in the moving of electrons.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When electrons move from one atom to fill a hole in the next, they also leave a hole where they used to be, in effect "moving" the hole in the opposite direction of the electron flow. You can now see that there's actually two flows of charges: moving negative charges in electron flow, and "moving" holes as in conventional current.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In most practical circuits the difference in how current flows is irrelevant, and many of the schematic symbols are more intuitively understood in terms of conventional current flow&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5109188864564606353?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5109188864564606353/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/electron-current-and-conventional.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5109188864564606353'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5109188864564606353'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/electron-current-and-conventional.html' title='Electron current and conventional current flow'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3436651328778440443</id><published>2010-11-07T19:21:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-11-07T19:21:15.822-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Voltage source model</title><content type='html'>At the negative pole, an excess of free electrons is created, and at the positive side a lack of electrons is created (called holes in electronics), leaving just the protons to contribute their positive charge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The extra electrons in the negative terminal try to push other electrons away or move themselves away and closer to a lone proton in the positive terminal, this due to the properties of charged particles: same charges repel each other and opposites attract.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Electrons can't go to the positive terminal because the negative terminal is isolated from it, or in the case of batteries, there is a chemical reaction keeping them away. All that is left is the force of the electrons pushing against each other, unable to meet a proton and reach an equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This contained force is what we call voltage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When there is an available path through which electrons can move, they quickly reach the holes at the positive terminal; This movement of electrons is called current.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3436651328778440443?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3436651328778440443/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/voltage-source-model.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3436651328778440443'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3436651328778440443'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/11/voltage-source-model.html' title='Voltage source model'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2320043465986988937</id><published>2010-06-23T18:18:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-06-23T18:18:01.662-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Intuitive electronics concepts</title><content type='html'>Electric charge&lt;br /&gt;Charge is a physical property of object that exerts a force on other charged objects, similar in how the earth's mass generates gravity that pulls us towards it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of electric charge, named positive an negative. Two subatomic particles are responsible for the charge of objects, electrons with a negative charge, and protons with a positive charge; neutrons are not charged particles, so they have no effect in the object's overall charge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As I mentioned earlier, electrically charged particles exert a force on other charged particles, and the polarity of the charge determines where the force is directed: particles with the same charge will exert a force that push them away from each other, particles with different (opposite) charges will exert a force that pulls them together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It takes energy to push two opposite charged particles apart, but the force that pushes them together again can be used to do useful work, same with particles with the same charge pushing them away from each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, imagine that there are two charged particles some distance apart in a frozen moment in time. If we start the clock, the force that pulls or pushed them toward equilibrium (as close as possible for opposite charges and as far as possible for same charges) will do a certain amount of work and use a certain amount of energy, the same work and energy that took to place them where they were before we started the clock.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since we know that the force will do some work and use energy, we say that it has a potential: the ability to perform work that has not yet been expended. We can only define the potential energy that a charged particle has relative to another charged particle, if there's no other charge then no force is generated, so when we speak of potential it is most often in terms of a potential difference between two points.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Circuit variables - Water system analogy&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When defining the variables in a electronic circuit, it is easy to picture it as a closed water system with a pump and a length of pipe filled with stones.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Three main variables exist in any electronic circuit:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Voltage: voltage is the potential difference created inside a battery or power source. Voltage can be though of as the water pressure that the pump generates.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Current: electric current is the movement of electrons in a circuit. By convention (that is, everyone agrees that it is like that), current is said to flow from positive to negative, or in terms of potential difference, from a higher (more positive) to lower voltage (more negative). Think of current as the amount of water that passes through the pipe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resistance: It is a material's opposition to the flow of electric charge, similar to friction and any moving object. The stones in the pipe represent the resistance of the circuit, the smaller the stones and the more of them, the harder it is for water to pass through.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ohm's Law&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A man by the name of Georg Simon Ohm discovered that there's a simple relation between voltage, current and resistance, given by the formula I = V/R, where I denotes current Intensity in Amperes (unit of current flow), V represents Voltage (a unit of potential difference) and R represents Resistance in Ohms (unit of resistance).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This same formula can be rewritten in terms of each other to generate an equation for each electric characteristic in a circuit:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I = V/R&lt;br /&gt;V = I*R&lt;br /&gt;R = V/I&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An easy way to remember the ohm law is to draw a triangle with 'V' at the top and 'I' and 'R' at the bottom, when you need to find any of the variables, you cover it with your finger and it will give you the formula (same row means multiply, one over the other means divide).&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2320043465986988937?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2320043465986988937/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/06/intuitive-electronics-concepts.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2320043465986988937'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2320043465986988937'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/06/intuitive-electronics-concepts.html' title='Intuitive electronics concepts'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1930658463986680197</id><published>2010-02-28T10:32:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2010-02-28T10:32:09.418-08:00</updated><title type='text'>Digital Logic Design</title><content type='html'>In today's world, working with digital circuits is one of the easiest and cheapest ways to get a project done. Even complex tasks can be created in a one chip board when using digital logic, specially programmable logic.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Many of the books you find on digital design take too much of an engineering approach to it, and there isn't all that much information on the internet about logic design or digital logic design, so this is my attempt to fill that void.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that the subject of digital logic design is very vast and complex, so this article/tutorial will be branched to better cover select topics in related pages, as to keep this one focused and easy to follow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the good things about logic design and digital circuits in general, is that you don't really have to know the underlying "analog" electronics on which the digital circuits are implemented, as they function as combinations of functional blocks.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A very good start on digital logic design is understanding the very basic building blocks: &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/logic-gates.html"&gt;logic gates&lt;/a&gt; [click to go to article].&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Logic gates perform three basic functions on which all digital operations are performed, and have been named according to their corresponding speech words: AND, OR and NOT.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Basic and not so basic but "one step" circuits are created with combinations of those simple gates, and so these kinds of circuits are called combinational circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To design a combinational circuit to solve a problem, you have to come up with a combination of logic gates that will give the output you want given some conditions you specify.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, say you want to simulate a voting system where 3 judges vote on a candidate to pass to the next stage of a contest, but only if at least two out of the three judges vote on them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This one is simple enough, there are four conditions on which the contestant goes to the next level:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Judge A AND B vote in favor, judge C votes against&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Judge B AND C vote in favor, judge A votes against&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Judge C AND A vote in favor, judge B votes against&lt;br /&gt;OR&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Judge A AND B AND C vote in favor.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;Now, we define each judge as a digital input, that can only take two values: on for in favor, off for against. These values are often represented physically with voltage levels, most commonly as 5v for on, and 0v or ground for off.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By defining the conditions in words, you can easily find when to use each type of gate. Also note that in most cases, if you require a false condition, such as a judge voting against in this example, you use a NOT gate to use after the input, as in transforming a vote against into a vote NOT in favor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When a combinational problem needs many inputs or has many conditions, the use of a &lt;a href="http://www.google.com/search?q=truth+table"&gt;truth table&lt;/a&gt; [article pending, click to search in google] and &lt;a href="http://www.google.com/search?q=karnaugh+maps"&gt;karnaugh maps&lt;/a&gt; [article pending, click to search in google] to reduce the number of conditions necessary make it easier to design them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the next part of this article, we'll cover sequential logic, introducing flip flops and the use of clock signals to synchronize the operation of the whole circuit.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1930658463986680197?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1930658463986680197/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/02/digital-logic-design.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1930658463986680197'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1930658463986680197'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2010/02/digital-logic-design.html' title='Digital Logic Design'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7410769975886170851</id><published>2009-12-15T16:02:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-15T16:02:33.651-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='motor'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><title type='text'>H bridge circuit</title><content type='html'>An H bridge is a kind of circuit you use to control the direction (and sometimes speed) of an electric motor, using only a single polarity voltage (you need to reverse the way current flows in order to reverse the way the motor rolls).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;How it works:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You have 4 transistors, wired as ON OFF switches. Two signal lines allow you to run the motor in one direction, when reversed, the motor runs in the other direction. It's very straightforward to use and build, but be careful to use only small motors, as the currents drawn from the bigger types can burn your components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are 3 modes of operation: &lt;br /&gt;Both equal ( on or off ): motor doesn't run, as it's shorted or not connected&lt;br /&gt;S1 on, S2 off: motor runs in reverse ( from negative [blue] to positive [red] )&lt;br /&gt;S1 off, S2 on: motor runs normal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Also note, unless you use power transistors, you need to connect diodes across the transistors in order to protect from overvoltages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simplified schematic:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sygjbt-uqiI/AAAAAAAAAFE/rUbKqvG5upM/s1600-h/H+bridge.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sygjbt-uqiI/AAAAAAAAAFE/rUbKqvG5upM/s320/H+bridge.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7410769975886170851?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7410769975886170851/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/h-bridge-circuit.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7410769975886170851'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7410769975886170851'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/h-bridge-circuit.html' title='H bridge circuit'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sygjbt-uqiI/AAAAAAAAAFE/rUbKqvG5upM/s72-c/H+bridge.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5983636209062903006</id><published>2009-12-15T10:39:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-15T10:39:13.399-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='sound'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='timer'/><title type='text'>Tone generator circuit</title><content type='html'>Simple, low component count tone generator. It can be adapted to create a morse code circuit, by adding a switch to the output.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;How it works:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This circuit is based around the 555 timer circuit, used as an astable (free running) oscillator. The frequency (pitch) of the tone is set by the resistors and capacitors in the left side of the circuit. The first one is a potentiometer (variable resistor), this is our pitch control, which is basically all the external components you need. The capacitor to the far left is to reduce as much noise or undesired operation of the potentiometer, getting a smooth pitch change when adjusting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfXWQW5pOI/AAAAAAAAAE8/fpeM14DMOb8/s1600-h/tone+generator.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfXWQW5pOI/AAAAAAAAAE8/fpeM14DMOb8/s320/tone+generator.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;You can find the timer's datasheet by following the link: &lt;a href="http://www.national.com/ds/LM/LM555.pdf"&gt;555 timer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5983636209062903006?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5983636209062903006/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/tone-generator-circuit.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5983636209062903006'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5983636209062903006'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/tone-generator-circuit.html' title='Tone generator circuit'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfXWQW5pOI/AAAAAAAAAE8/fpeM14DMOb8/s72-c/tone+generator.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4405492381570365231</id><published>2009-12-15T09:51:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-15T09:51:09.290-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='power supply'/><title type='text'>Simple power supply</title><content type='html'>This circuit is very useful in beginners circuits, since most will work on 5v, which is the voltage of this easy little circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;How it works:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This circuit is just an implementation of the 7805 integrated voltage regulator. What this little component does is to lower a voltage and stabilize it by reducing noise and ripple, in order for circuits to have the constant voltage needed to work correctly&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfLh0aCz3I/AAAAAAAAAE0/iye0yxb43SM/s1600-h/5vSupply.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfLh0aCz3I/AAAAAAAAAE0/iye0yxb43SM/s320/5vSupply.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can find the datasheet by following the link: &lt;a href="http://www.datasheetcatalog.org/datasheets/228/390068_DS.pdf"&gt;7805&lt;/a&gt;, take note of the typical applications notes, you can find some more uses for this versatile little regulator&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4405492381570365231?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4405492381570365231/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/simple-power-supply.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4405492381570365231'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4405492381570365231'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/simple-power-supply.html' title='Simple power supply'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfLh0aCz3I/AAAAAAAAAE0/iye0yxb43SM/s72-c/5vSupply.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1055762182053619317</id><published>2009-12-15T09:32:00.000-08:00</published><updated>2009-12-15T09:32:50.012-08:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='counter'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='demultiplexer'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='led'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Led Chaser</title><content type='html'>This Led chaser is built using some very common digital logic circuits. Easy to build, easy to work with, and looks amazing in the dark. This circuit will light each led in sequence, creating a moving light illusion.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;b&gt;How it works:&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From left to right, the first IC is a binary counter, 74ls163, that is used to generate the address numbers we are going to use in the second part of the circuit, the demultiplexer 74ls138. This demux is the core of the circuit, as this IC pulls low the pin selected in the address inputs. Note that you need an external clock for the counter to work (count).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a very simple circuit to build, just take note of the control pins on each IC, since both have enable inputs for counting or output, but once set you don't need to worry about them. It can also be extended to 16 leds by using the Q3 output of the counter to control the enable inputs of a second demultiplexer, or just add a second one to generate a double pattern.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfHBQKrsWI/AAAAAAAAAEs/cwgZxX3XoB4/s1600-h/Led+Chaser.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfHBQKrsWI/AAAAAAAAAEs/cwgZxX3XoB4/s320/Led+Chaser.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can find the datasheets for both IC's by following the links: &lt;a href="http://www.datasheetcatalog.org/datasheets/90/232315_DS.pdf"&gt;74ls138&lt;/a&gt; | | &lt;a href="http://www.datasheetcatalog.org/datasheets/105/232391_DS.pdf"&gt;74ls163&lt;/a&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1055762182053619317?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1055762182053619317/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/led-chaser.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1055762182053619317'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1055762182053619317'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/12/led-chaser.html' title='Led Chaser'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SyfHBQKrsWI/AAAAAAAAAEs/cwgZxX3XoB4/s72-c/Led+Chaser.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-722256050194096966</id><published>2009-05-16T21:12:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-16T21:14:32.945-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='components'/><title type='text'>Inductor</title><content type='html'>An inductor is a loop of wire that stores energy in the form of a magnetic field. It has uses in oscillators, filters, voltage sources and converters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Theory checklist:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Inductive Reactance&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Back EMF&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Q factor&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Modes of operation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;LC filters and the tank circuit&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Autotransformer&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Transformer&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-722256050194096966?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/722256050194096966/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/inductor.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/722256050194096966'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/722256050194096966'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/inductor.html' title='Inductor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3067612763983768721</id><published>2009-05-16T21:09:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-16T21:14:24.876-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='components'/><title type='text'>Transistor</title><content type='html'>A transistor is a semiconductor active device that amplifies or switches and electrical signal. It is used in amplifiers, digital electronics and buffer circuits.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Theory checklist:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Gain&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Bias point&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Saturation and cutoff&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Modes of operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Common base, emitter and collector configurations&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Logic gates&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3067612763983768721?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3067612763983768721/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/transistor.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3067612763983768721'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3067612763983768721'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/transistor.html' title='Transistor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1704781912411247593</id><published>2009-05-16T21:08:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-16T21:14:17.036-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='components'/><title type='text'>Diode</title><content type='html'>A diode is a semiconductor device that allow current to flow in only one direction. Depending on the type of diode, it has uses as voltage rectifier, indicator and regulator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Theory checklist:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;The P-N junction&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Forward and reverse bias&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Modes of operation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Rectifier&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Diode as reference voltage&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The zener voltage regulator&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The led diode indicator&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The varicap variable capacitor&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The photodiode light sensor&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1704781912411247593?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1704781912411247593/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/diode.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1704781912411247593'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1704781912411247593'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/diode.html' title='Diode'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7759534551573208960</id><published>2009-05-16T21:07:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-06-23T18:21:52.753-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='components'/><title type='text'>Capacitor</title><content type='html'>Storing charge - the capacitor&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To understand how another component in electronic circuits works, imagine the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Imagine that we have two 'boxes' to put charged particles separated by a piece of plastic. We fill the top one with positive charges and the bottom one with negative charges, only the positive charges are allowed to move. We know that they will try to come together because of the forces generated by opposite charges, but since they cannot get out of the box, the are just stored there not doing any work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now imagine that we connect the two boxes with a pipe through where the charges can move. The positive charges will move to meet with the negatives and be in equilibrium. Now that they are moving, there's work and energy being expended that can be put to use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The device that accomplishes this is called a capacitor. Basically they are two conductor plates separated by an insulator layer, in effect creating the two boxes mentioned above.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When we connect a voltage source to a capacitor, the capacitor is 'empty', with no charges, then charges from the source will start filling it up. As more and more charges reach the capacitor, they will start exerting a force on the charges trying to come in from the source, so it will start filling slower and slower.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Once the capacitor is filled, no more charges flow from the source to the capacitor. If the voltage source is removed, the charges the capacitor has remain there, waiting for something to allow them to meet with opposite charges to reach equilibrium.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If we connect a resistor across, the potential difference created by the separated charges in the capacitor allow it to function as a voltage source, so these charges start flowing through the resistor. As more charges flow, the capacitor starts emptying, causing less potential difference over time, until it can no longer provide charges and the current flow stops.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One way to picture the charging and discharging of a capacitor is to think of a balloon with two mouths, one connected to an air pump and the other left open simulating the resistor through which charges escape. The pump will inflate the balloon to a certain pressure that will be kept constant by the air that escapes the balloon through the other mouth.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a sudden increase in pressure from the pump occurs, the balloon will inflate more but the air coming out will remain at about the same level, increasing until the air that comes in is the same air that comes out. If the increase in pressure is short, the balloon will inflate and deflate quickly, and the air coming out would remain almost the same throughout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Same happens with capacitors, when a sudden spike in voltage occurs, the capacitor stores the charges and the voltage in it rises slowly, outputting about the same current throughout the process. This property gives capacitors most of its uses with direct current circuits.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7759534551573208960?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7759534551573208960/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/capacitor.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7759534551573208960'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7759534551573208960'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/capacitor.html' title='Capacitor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7943068480521863101</id><published>2009-05-16T20:57:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2010-06-23T18:20:42.006-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='components'/><title type='text'>Resistor</title><content type='html'>Resistors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resistors are electronic and electric components that oppose the flow of current in a circuit. They are made from relatively poor conductors but that don't stop current from flowing altogether.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are many kinds of resistor constructions, each suited for many purposes that overlap.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The simplest form is a cylinder of carbon material with two connection leads attached at both sides. The diameter and length of the cylinder, as well as the carbon composition of the filling determine the resistance. In general, a longer cylinder has more resistance than a shorter one, and a thicker one will have less resistance than a thin cylinder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The apparent counter intuitive nature of a thick resistor having less resistance lies in how current flows in a circuit: it will always look for an easier path, and with a thick resistor with more overlapping paths, current has a higher chance of finding an easier path than in a limited and crowded thin resistor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another construction method is to coat a ceramic core with a resistor material and shape it in the form of a spiral by removing some of the material along the edge of the spiral. Since this method effectively increases or decreases the length of the resistor material, resistance can be carefully selected and determined.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;High power resistances use that same method but instead of resistor material covering a core, resistive wire is used to allow for better heat handling.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resistors have a standard color code that reflects the value of the resistance of the component. It consists of four color bands, the first two represent numbers and the third represents the number of zeros to add at the end of such number (more on the color code).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Series and parallel resistors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Series when only two components, in this case resistors, share only one of their connections; It could also be described as connecting one resistor after the other forming a chain.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From the construction characteristics of resistors, we can see that when we connect resistors in series, we are effectively creating a single, longer resistor, so what happens with the total resistance?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simple, they are added together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, we have a square tube we will fill with water. If we wanted to know the volume, we multiply base times height of the water in it to get the volume of water we put in. We measure separately the volume of a one by one cube of water and another of one by two, and get 1 and 2 respectively. We then fill tube with both, how much volume is the water in the tube?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;We only put in 3 units of volume, and if we know that none leaked out of the tube, there can be no less than 3 units. So in effect the volumes add together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now the volume can be thought as the resistance, put two resistors into a single line and their resistances add up. No math involved, although there's a math proof of this derived from ohm's law.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Parallel is when two or more components share both of their connections together.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What happens with the resistance in parallel circuits? It happens something similar as having a thicker resistor, but not for the same reasons.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Imagine a circuit with one voltage source and two resistors in parallel, both resistors draw current from the source. From the point of view of the source, providing more current to the circuit is the same as providing current to a lower valued resistance, following I = V/R. To know exactly how much resistance the source 'sees' we have to do some math.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It = V/R1 + V/R2 : where It is the total current supplied by the source, R1 and R2 the respective resistances.&lt;br /&gt;V/Rt = V/R1 + V/R2 : We replace It with V/Rt, since we want to know the total resistance the source 'sees'&lt;br /&gt;1/Rt = 1/R1 + 1/R2 : Divide both sides by V&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From this last formula we see that the inverse of the resistance is what's added thogether. The formula can be further worked to result in a simple, easy to remember formula.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1/Rt = (R1+R2)/(R1*R2)&lt;br /&gt;Rt = (R1*R2)/(R1+R2)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note that this only works for two resistors.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7943068480521863101?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7943068480521863101/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/resistor.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7943068480521863101'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7943068480521863101'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/resistor.html' title='Resistor'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-5159445221427868270</id><published>2009-05-11T21:37:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-09-18T11:25:26.811-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='amplifier'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><title type='text'>Voltage Follower Circuit</title><content type='html'>Two examples of the most common types of Voltage followers (buffers). You can find some theory behind them in our &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/amplifier-gain.html"&gt;amplifier gain&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/buffer-amplifier.html"&gt;buffer amplifier&lt;/a&gt; pages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Transistor voltage follower:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This first circuit is a very simple one transistor voltage follower. Consist of two biasing resistors, and one other resistor at the emitter to acquire the output voltage from.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;How it works:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The first to resistors connected to the transistor's base are forming a voltage divider, in order to set a biasing point for the transistor to work in our desired range. Then the transistor, our gain component for the circuit which in this case is only used as a gateway to isolate two circuit stages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The resistor in the emitter is used to create a voltage from the current passing from the transistor; Without it we can't get any voltage as our output would be effectively shorted to ground (0 volts).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The capacitors that are displayed in the schematic are optional, but very useful to prevent a wrong operation of the circuit, specially in audio or high frequency uses. they stop any DC voltage to move or otherwise disrupt the bias point of the transistor, thus causing undesired operation. If you build this circuit only with dc remove the capacitors, as they will prevent the circuit from functioning under those conditions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SgkBog3B_qI/AAAAAAAAAEE/PtH0oYpmaKU/s1600-h/transistor+voltage+follower.png" onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}"&gt;&lt;img alt="" border="0" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5334797029124210338" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SgkBog3B_qI/AAAAAAAAAEE/PtH0oYpmaKU/s320/transistor+voltage+follower.png" style="cursor: pointer; display: block; height: 183px; margin: 0px auto 10px; text-align: center; width: 242px;" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Transistor voltage follower&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Op Amp Voltage Follower:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This circuit's operation is far more predictable and stable than the transistor version, and also requires less external components.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;How it works:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Works as described above, no external elements to explain. This circuit uses feedback to maintain the voltage output the same as the input. Note that this schematic does not display power, ground and other connections for the op amp, these vary widely among manufacturers and op amps so refer to your op amp's datasheet for pinouts and power connections.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div class="separator" style="clear: both; text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SrPPLS7q5HI/AAAAAAAAAEk/aQjWY2TllTg/s1600-h/opamp+voltage+follower.png" imageanchor="1" style="margin-left: 1em; margin-right: 1em;"&gt;&lt;img border="0" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SrPPLS7q5HI/AAAAAAAAAEk/aQjWY2TllTg/s320/opamp+voltage+follower.png" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Opamp voltage follower&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-5159445221427868270?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/5159445221427868270/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/voltage-follower-circuit.html#comment-form' title='4 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5159445221427868270'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/5159445221427868270'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/voltage-follower-circuit.html' title='Voltage Follower Circuit'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SgkBog3B_qI/AAAAAAAAAEE/PtH0oYpmaKU/s72-c/transistor+voltage+follower.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>4</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-4130975788116119126</id><published>2009-05-11T21:17:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-11T21:36:52.957-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='amplifier'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='articles'/><title type='text'>Buffer amplifier</title><content type='html'>A buffer amplifier, or simply a buffer, is an electronic amplifier that is designed to have an amplifier  gain of 1. Buffers are used in Impedance matching, the benefit of which is to maximize energy transfer between circuits or systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two main kinds of buffer circuits, Voltage buffers and Current buffers. The purposes of each is to isolate the mentioned characteristic to avoid loading the input circuit or source from the output stage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another name by which buffer amplifiers are known as is a voltage follower. The name is given because of the characteristic of the amplifier to output a signal of the same amplitude as the input (given the unity gain [gain of 1 or 0dB] ).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Examples of Buffer amplifiers:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The examples are too many to mention in this page, the most common being the transistor voltage follower and op amp version of it. The exact characteristics, formulas and construction instructions can be found on the specific component's page.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-4130975788116119126?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/4130975788116119126/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/buffer-amplifier.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4130975788116119126'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/4130975788116119126'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/buffer-amplifier.html' title='Buffer amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-1096615192178283823</id><published>2009-05-11T20:43:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-11T21:16:38.902-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='amplifier'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='articles'/><title type='text'>Amplifier Gain</title><content type='html'>This is one the main characteristics to determine when designing or choosing an amplifier. This is a measure of the increase (or decrease in case of negative gain) the amplitude of the input signal.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Representation:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are a few different ways to represent amplifier gain. One of the more common way among beginners and hobbyists, specially for DC or small signals, is to describe gain as the ratio of input vs output amplitude:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gain = V&lt;span style="font-size:78%;"&gt;out&lt;/span&gt;/V&lt;span style="font-size:78%;"&gt;in&lt;/span&gt;, Where both input and output are either voltage or current (amperage).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another way to represent amplifier gain is using a logarithmic decibel scale (dB). This representation is calculated using the ratio of input/output powers using the formula:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gain = 10log(P&lt;span style="font-size:78%;"&gt;out&lt;/span&gt;/P&lt;span style="font-size:78%;"&gt;in&lt;/span&gt;)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Utility of gain:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are countless applications and uses for amplifiers, since in the electronics world most signals we get from sensors or transmission lines is very small. There are also other times when not the amplitude of the signal is required but its power to transform into useful work, like when powering a motor, transmitting a radio signal and displaying an image on a screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;How to calculate:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The specifics of how much gain can an amplifier have depend heavily on the components or circuits used, as well as the topology (configuration) of the amplifier. You can have a better understanding of the formulas used for each component and configuration by going to the specific page.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-1096615192178283823?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/1096615192178283823/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/amplifier-gain.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1096615192178283823'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/1096615192178283823'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/amplifier-gain.html' title='Amplifier Gain'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-7263456836808282892</id><published>2009-04-29T23:47:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-13T18:09:07.687-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='amplifier'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='articles'/><title type='text'>Amplifiers</title><content type='html'>Amplifiers increase either the amplitude (voltage) or power (Amperage/Current)&lt;br /&gt;applied to its input.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Components of an amplifier:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Gain component:&lt;/span&gt; The main component of the amplifier, defines many of its characteristics like noise, bandwidth, &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/amplifier-gain.html"&gt;gain&lt;/a&gt;, input and output impedance, and others.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Bias:&lt;/span&gt; Some types of components need a bias point in order to operate correctly. The bias point is a dc voltage applied to the input of the amplifier. There are many ways to set the bias point,&lt;br /&gt;      depending on the gain component used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Accessories:&lt;/span&gt; These are many kinds of sub-circuits used to fine tune the operation of the amplifier, including preamplifiers, &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/buffer-amplifier.html"&gt;buffers&lt;/a&gt;, stabilizers, filters, limiters, etc..&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Stages of Amplifiers:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Input:&lt;/span&gt; This stage consists of a signal from another subsystem outside the amplifier, or a sensor like a microphone, photodiode or any other component that delivers a small signal. Depending on&lt;br /&gt;      the intended purpose and input signal, this stage may contain a preamplifier, which is a signal (voltage) amplification before the main power (current) amplification stage, and a filter to&lt;br /&gt;      limit incoming frequencies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Amplification:&lt;/span&gt; Main stage of any amplifier, most of the times it is a power amplification process, sometimes with signal amplification as well. This stage is where the gain component and many of the accessories like stabilizers and limiters are located.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;    Output:&lt;/span&gt; Last stage, sometimes consists of a buffer and/or filter to remove any noise generated in the main amplification stage. The buffer sometimes added to deliver more current (lower output impedance).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SflPjT1qmhI/AAAAAAAAAD8/hZ1cTuOoDes/s1600-h/AmplifierBlock.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 195px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SflPjT1qmhI/AAAAAAAAAD8/hZ1cTuOoDes/s320/AmplifierBlock.jpg" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5330379102009072146" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Block Diagram of a Amplifiers&lt;br /&gt;(Click to enlarge)&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: left;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Description of Amplifier accessories:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;font-size:100%;" &gt;Coupling:&lt;/span&gt; This is usually done with a capacitor. The purpose of the coupling capacitor is to prevent any DC voltage from modifying the bias point of the amplifier, to prevent clipping (driving the signal to the max voltage, distorting it) from a high or low bias point.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another coupling method is using transformers. This is done on lower frequency signals where the reactance (resistance-like behavior when a component is applied an AC voltage) of capacitors is so high to the point the signal is practically lost.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A third choice is using tuned transformers, by using a capacitor in parallel with the transformer. This creates a tuned circuit that has a very narrow bandwidth, useful in some special interest amplifiers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Filters:&lt;/span&gt; This topic is so extensive it deserves its own article. Amplifiers have uses for filters to limit noise and reject unwanted signals from its input. Combining a filter and an amplifier creates an active filter (filter that has gain).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most filters use RC networks to create the filter, although RL or RLC are also used in some designs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Stabilizers:&lt;/span&gt; This is usually some kind of feedback used to prevent clipping or other circuitry to keep the frequency within a certain range (stop frequency drifting).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Limiters:&lt;/span&gt; Sometimes only voltages up to a certain point are needed or desired, here limiters come into use. They limit or sometimes clip a signal if it goes above a certain voltage, other kind of limiters use feedback to control the gain of the amplifier so as to keep the output signal within the specified voltage range.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Buffers:&lt;/span&gt; Also called &lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/05/voltage-follower-circuit.html"&gt;voltage followers&lt;/a&gt;, this is just another name for another stage of amplification with a gain of 1. This is to provide more current and avoid overloading the main amplifier, as doing so can reduce either the gain or bandwidth.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you need a specific implementation of an amplifier circuit, you may want to consider learning all the abstract theory first and then moving on to the components page, where all component-specific circuits and modes of operation are listed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-7263456836808282892?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/7263456836808282892/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/amplifiers.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7263456836808282892'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/7263456836808282892'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/amplifiers.html' title='Amplifiers'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SflPjT1qmhI/AAAAAAAAAD8/hZ1cTuOoDes/s72-c/AmplifierBlock.jpg' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-2381794789207920953</id><published>2009-04-29T16:48:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-05T17:39:56.212-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='articles'/><title type='text'>Types of circuits</title><content type='html'>From the smallest circuit to the largest electronics project, every circuit that performs a useful function has one or more of the same building blocks. I’m not talking about electronic components; I’m talking about sub-circuits that have a defined function.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These circuits are divided in digital and analog. In these pages you’ll learn how to design every type of circuit listed, with emphasis on a functionality level, instead of a component level, in order to be able to create any kind of amplifier as required by the project. Here’s the list of them:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Analog&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/amplifiers.html"&gt;Amplifiers&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Filters&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Power sources&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Oscillators&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Rectifiers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Timers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Modulators&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Demodulators&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;Digital&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;a href="http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/logic-gates.html"&gt;Logic gates&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Counters&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Encoders&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Decoders&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Flip-Flops&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Multiplexers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Demultiplexers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Digital to Analog Converter (DAC)&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Microcontrollers&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Microprocessors&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;All of these sub-circuits have a defined function within a complete project, and some of them are even a project on their own. These categories are somewhat broad; every one of them has many different designs and implementations depending on the particular characteristics of the project, for example amplifiers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are transistor and OpAmp amplifiers. In transistor amplifiers there are common source, common base, common collector, there are Darlington amplifiers. Transistor amplifiers are further divided by the kind of transistor used: BJT, N-channel JFET, P-channel JFET, MosFET,  Nmos, Pmos, Cmos; Each with its own set of configurations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On OpAmp there are negative feedback, positive feedback, voltage follower and others.&lt;br /&gt;As you can see there are a million different combinations of amplifier topologies as they are called, way too many to be familiar with all of them.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-2381794789207920953?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/2381794789207920953/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/types-of-circuits.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2381794789207920953'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/2381794789207920953'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/types-of-circuits.html' title='Types of circuits'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-336434844039618933</id><published>2009-04-06T00:52:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-29T16:58:54.582-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='amplifier'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='sound'/><title type='text'>Audio Amplifier</title><content type='html'>Here is a simple audio amplifier circuit that is easy to build and has few components. This circuit is built around the &lt;a href="http://www.national.com/ds/LM/LM386.pdf"&gt;LM386&lt;/a&gt; (click for datasheet) audio amplifier integrated circuit, useful when you need to power medium sized speakers from a music player that can only drive earphones.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;How it works:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;From left to right, the first part is the input stage, here is the connector to the audio source connected too the circuit using a capacitor. This capacitor passes only the audio, and blocks any direct current that may affect the function of the amplifier. Next to the capacitor is a variable transistor (potenciometer), this is used as a volume control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Next is the LM386 itself, this amplifies the audio input using energy from the battery it is connected to. You'll notice there are two capacitors connected to it, one above and one below in the schematic. The top one is connected from pin 1 (positive side of capacitor) to pin 8 (negative side), this is to get the maximum amplification this IC can generate. The bottom one is also there to help get maximum amplification, this one goes connected from pin 7 (positive) to ground.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Last is the output stage, it is made with two capacitors, one resistor and the speaker. The resistor and capacitor that are connected before the speaker form a filter, that attenuates high frequency signals coming from the amplifier, most likely noise picked up or generated in the amplifying process. The capacitor connected to the speaker is there for the same reason we used a capacitor in the input stage, to prevent direct current from causing undesired operation of the speaker.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdm5rfOIsHI/AAAAAAAAAD0/fGGqRRHPLcM/s1600-h/386+audio+amp.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 142px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdm5rfOIsHI/AAAAAAAAAD0/fGGqRRHPLcM/s320/386+audio+amp.png" alt="amplifier circuit using 386 electronic circuit" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5321488591481254002" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(click to enlarge)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-336434844039618933?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/336434844039618933/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/audio-amplifier.html#comment-form' title='3 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/336434844039618933'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/336434844039618933'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/audio-amplifier.html' title='Audio Amplifier'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdm5rfOIsHI/AAAAAAAAAD0/fGGqRRHPLcM/s72-c/386+audio+amp.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>3</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-6651173091375277966</id><published>2009-04-05T02:11:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-29T16:59:07.064-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='timer'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='led'/><title type='text'>Led Flasher Circuit</title><content type='html'>This circuit is built around one of the most popular timer integrated circuits, the 555 timer.&lt;p&gt;This circuit will flash the led on and of at regular intervals.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How it works:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;From left to right, the two resistors and the capacitor set the time it takes to turn the led on or off, by changing the time it takes to charge the capacitor to trigger the timer. Next is the 555 timer, this is where all the work gets done to determine the time the led stays on and off. It contains a complicated circuit inside, but since it is packaged in the IC it can be used as a simple component.&lt;/p&gt;The two capacitors that are right of the timer are just accessories so to speak, but are needed for the timer to work correctly. The last part is the resistor and the led, the resistor is there to limit the current on the led so that it won't burn.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh2BWK6p8I/AAAAAAAAADk/Bc5zXK4JNFw/s1600-h/ledflasher555.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 158px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh2BWK6p8I/AAAAAAAAADk/Bc5zXK4JNFw/s320/ledflasher555.png" alt="555 led flasher circuit" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5321132725241554882" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(click to enlarge)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh2ok6YXKI/AAAAAAAAADs/U-2Lor8C2rs/s1600-h/pin_numbers.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 77px; height: 51px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh2ok6YXKI/AAAAAAAAADs/U-2Lor8C2rs/s320/pin_numbers.png" alt="" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5321133399213628578" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;(click to enlarge)&lt;br /&gt;(pin numbers on actual IC)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-6651173091375277966?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/6651173091375277966/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/led-flasher-circuit.html#comment-form' title='5 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6651173091375277966'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/6651173091375277966'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/led-flasher-circuit.html' title='Led Flasher Circuit'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh2BWK6p8I/AAAAAAAAADk/Bc5zXK4JNFw/s72-c/ledflasher555.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>5</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-982198641307877013</id><published>2009-04-05T02:07:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-29T16:59:18.043-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='radio'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='circuits'/><title type='text'>Simple FM Transmitter</title><content type='html'>This circuit uses a small microphone to capture the sound and some transistors to generate radio waves that can be picked up by a FM receiver like a car stereo.&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How it works:&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;From left to right, the first part is the microphone and some resistors to get it working. Next we have a capacitor and the first transistor, this amplifies the sound from the microphone so that it can be loud enough to work with. The last part, there is a transistor, a coil and some capacitors. This part generates the radio waves and combines them with the sound from the mic to transmit it thru the antenna.&lt;/p&gt;The coil is made with about 9 turns of wire, use a pencil to get the right diameter for the coil. The capacitor with the arrow is called a trimmer capacitor, it has a small screw to adjust the value, we'll use it to tune a certain frequency or station to transmit on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh1XAuyfII/AAAAAAAAADc/rfh-FQP5iGQ/s1600-h/SimpleFMTransmitter.png"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 116px;" src="http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh1XAuyfII/AAAAAAAAADc/rfh-FQP5iGQ/s320/SimpleFMTransmitter.png" alt="simple fm radio transmitter" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5321131997931928706" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;(click to enlarge)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-982198641307877013?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/982198641307877013/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/simple-fm-transmitter.html#comment-form' title='10 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/982198641307877013'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/982198641307877013'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/simple-fm-transmitter.html' title='Simple FM Transmitter'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sdh1XAuyfII/AAAAAAAAADc/rfh-FQP5iGQ/s72-c/SimpleFMTransmitter.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>10</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-470210622313098116</id><published>2009-04-02T13:28:00.000-07:00</published><updated>2009-05-15T10:29:45.732-07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='articles'/><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='digital'/><title type='text'>Logic Gates</title><content type='html'>Logic gates are the basic building blocks of digital electronics. These are circuits made out of transistors that perform a a logical operation (see Boolean algebra).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Digital electronics represent data (called bits) with only two states. Since in electronics we work with voltages, these two states are most times represented by a presence or lack of voltage. One (high state) in TTL logic familiy is represented by 5v, zero (low state) is represented by 0v (ground).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are three basic gates: AND, OR, and NOT (Inverter).&lt;br /&gt;Other common gates are NAND, NOR, XOR, XNOR (Equivalence). These gates are made with combinations of the basic logic gates. Its functions can be represented using a truth table, which lists every combination of inputs (A, B) and the resulting output (Z).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;AND gate:&lt;/span&gt; two input gate, will output 1 when both inputs are 1. It is a one bit multiplication in Boolean algebra.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;OR gate:&lt;/span&gt; two input gate, will output 1 when one or both inputs are 1. It is a one bit addition.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 1&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;NOT gate&lt;/span&gt; or Inverter: one input gate, will output 1 when the input is 0 and viceversa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A | Z&lt;br /&gt;------&lt;br /&gt;0 | 1&lt;br /&gt; 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;NAND gate:&lt;/span&gt; two input gate, same as AND gate but with a NOT at its output. Will output one as long as both its inputs are NOT 1. if none or one of the inputs is 0 it will output 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;NOR gate:&lt;/span&gt; two input gate, same as OR gate but with a NOT at its output. Will output one as long as none of its inputs are 1. if both inputs are 0 it will output 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;XOR gate:&lt;/span&gt; two input gate, will output 1 when one of its inputs is 1, but not both. This gate is actually a combination of gates, its boolean equation is A'B + AB'.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;XNOR gate&lt;/span&gt; or Equivalence: two input gate, will output 1 when both its inputs are the same, either 0 or 1. XOR gate with a NOT at its output, its boolean equation is A'B' + AB.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;A B | Z&lt;br /&gt;--------&lt;br /&gt;0 0 | 1&lt;br /&gt;0 1 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 0 | 0&lt;br /&gt;1 1 | 1&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gate Diagrams:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWBWD7mW6I/AAAAAAAAACI/g2jDvqQQ-WE/s1600-h/BasicGates.png"&gt;&lt;img alt="Basic logic gates diagrams" style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 286px; height: 259px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWBWD7mW6I/AAAAAAAAACI/g2jDvqQQ-WE/s320/BasicGates.png" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320300750820498338" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Building other gates with NAND and NOR:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NAND and NOR gates have a remarkable characteristic, with enough of either one of them and connected in a certain way you can actually recreate the behavior of any other gate. This ability has made them very popular for large scale manufacturing of logic gates, since it is cheaper to build only one kind of device instead of having separate machines to create different logic gates for a single circuit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here are the circuit diagrams to create other gates with NAND and NOR.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AND gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWDnLsPkXI/AAAAAAAAACQ/FlkzFpDslZQ/s1600-h/AND_with_NAND_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img alt="AND equivalent with NAND and NOR gates" style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 255px; height: 179px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWDnLsPkXI/AAAAAAAAACQ/FlkzFpDslZQ/s320/AND_with_NAND_NOR.bmp" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320303243984605554" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;OR gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWjF09LwcI/AAAAAAAAACY/Q8MZeEA6qeQ/s1600-h/OR_with_NAND_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 236px; height: 179px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWjF09LwcI/AAAAAAAAACY/Q8MZeEA6qeQ/s320/OR_with_NAND_NOR.bmp" alt="OR gate with NAND and NOR diagram" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320337855318049218" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOT gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWj_NJwhII/AAAAAAAAACg/yuzfFtO1SQ0/s1600-h/NOT_with_NAND_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 177px; height: 105px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWj_NJwhII/AAAAAAAAACg/yuzfFtO1SQ0/s320/NOT_with_NAND_NOR.bmp" alt="NOT gate with NAND and NOR diagram" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320338841065784450" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NAND gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWlEw6v3sI/AAAAAAAAACo/aQfy7ej474U/s1600-h/NAND_with_NAND_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 161px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWlEw6v3sI/AAAAAAAAACo/aQfy7ej474U/s320/NAND_with_NAND_NOR.bmp" alt="NAND gate with NAND and NOR diagram" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320340036077477570" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NOR gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWmWn_dKWI/AAAAAAAAAC8/8tN0jjECR6Y/s1600-h/NOR_with_NAND_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 320px; height: 174px;" src="http://3.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWmWn_dKWI/AAAAAAAAAC8/8tN0jjECR6Y/s320/NOR_with_NAND_NOR.bmp" alt="NOR gate with NAND and NOR diagram" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320341442430576994" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Since all digital electronic circuits are made with transistors, you can make all the above gates using them. When creating logic gates with transistors, the best option is to make them using NAND, NOR and simple NOT gates. The benefit of this is that any other gate can be constructed with a slight variation in the number and configuration of the transistors, instead of having several different circuits for each gate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;Logic gate's transistor diagrams:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;NAND gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3GkQHWiI/AAAAAAAAADE/gQCtE47y7ho/s1600-h/transistor_NAND.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 183px; height: 213px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3GkQHWiI/AAAAAAAAADE/gQCtE47y7ho/s320/transistor_NAND.bmp" alt="NAND logic gate made with transistors" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320641333223184930" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;For this gate, the transistors are connected in series, so that the path from the output to ground is completed (thus giving 0 as output) only when both transistors are on (both inputs 1)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;NOR gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3G-kaIPI/AAAAAAAAADM/u72h-OPnq-E/s1600-h/transistor_NOR.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 253px; height: 213px;" src="http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3G-kaIPI/AAAAAAAAADM/u72h-OPnq-E/s320/transistor_NOR.bmp" alt="NOR logic gate made with transistors" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320641340287623410" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;For the NOR gate, the transistors are connected in parallel, so that the circuit from the output to ground is closed when either transistor is on.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;NOT gate:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: center;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3G6qUv9I/AAAAAAAAADU/29xmtAeQtmU/s1600-h/transistorNOT.bmp"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0px auto 10px; display: block; text-align: center; cursor: pointer; width: 186px; height: 174px;" src="http://4.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/Sda3G6qUv9I/AAAAAAAAADU/29xmtAeQtmU/s320/transistorNOT.bmp" alt="NOT logic gate made with transistors" id="BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5320641339238694866" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This gate is the simplest one to build with transistors, the NOT gate requires only one transistor. Here the transistor is configured so that when it is on (input 1), the circuit to ground is closed (output 0) and viceversa.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;With these schematics and the above diagrams you can create a complete digital circuit using only transistors and resistors. Digital gates are very flexible, but up to a point. When creating a circuit that has more than three or four inputs, the circuit becomes too large to build using only logic gates, and that is where programmable devices come in handy, which we'll discuss in another article.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-470210622313098116?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/470210622313098116/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/logic-gates.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/470210622313098116'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/470210622313098116'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/04/logic-gates.html' title='Logic Gates'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://2.bp.blogspot.com/_I5fPUj_jtvI/SdWBWD7mW6I/AAAAAAAAACI/g2jDvqQQ-WE/s72-c/BasicGates.png' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-1068598716343828973.post-3882194932511596028</id><published>2009-03-25T23:00:00.001-07:00</published><updated>2009-04-29T16:59:52.391-07:00</updated><title type='text'>Privacy Policy</title><content type='html'>I do not collect any personally identifiable information such as names / email addresses.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I use Google Analytics to collect information about visitors, such as location, browser type, and other traffic stats. None of this information is personally identifiable and I use it only for improvement of the site and statistical analysis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I use the Google Adsense program to display ads in this site, their own privacy policy is listed on their site.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that I cannot control over other people's use of your private information on other sites, so if you leave this site you may want to check their own policies about the information they collect about you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This site may use cookies, you can disable or delete them if you want.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Any questions please leave a comment and I'll answer it if I can.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/1068598716343828973-3882194932511596028?l=electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/feeds/3882194932511596028/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/03/privacy-policy.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3882194932511596028'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/1068598716343828973/posts/default/3882194932511596028'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://electroniccircuitsforbeginners.blogspot.com/2009/03/privacy-policy.html' title='Privacy Policy'/><author><name>Zakmata</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/06775759445787127265</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry></feed>
